Advertising instances programmed while powered off should be advertised
once the device is powered. This patch ensures that all combinations
of setting and/or adding advertising configuration while powered off
will be correctly activated on power on.
Signed-off-by: Florian Grandel <fgrandel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The remove_advertising() and remove_advertising_complete() functions
had instance identifiers hard coded. Notably, when passing in 0x00 as
an instance identifier to signal that all instances should be removed
then the mgmt API would return a hard coded 0x01 rather than returning
the expected value 0x00. This bug is being fixed by always referencing
the instance identifier from the management API call instead.
remove_advertising() is refactored to use the new dynamic advertising
instance list. The logic is being changed to make multi-instance
advertising actually work, notably the schedule_adv_instance() method is
being referenced to make sure that other instances will continue to
advertise even if one instance is being removed.
The code is made more readable by factoring advertising instance
management and initialization into the low-level
hci_remove_adv_instance() and hci_adv_instances_clear() functions.
The method now references the clear_adv_instance() helper method to
remove duplicate logic and code.
Signed-off-by: Florian Grandel <fgrandel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The add_advertising() and add_advertising_complete() functions reference
the now obsolete hdev->adv_instance struct. Both methods are being
refactored to access the dynamic advertising instance list instead.
This patch also introduces all logic necessary to actually deal with
multiple instance advertising. Notably the mgmt_adv_inst_expired() and
schedule_adv_inst() method are being referenced to schedule instances in
a round robin fashion.
This patch also introduces a "pending" flag into the adv_info struct.
This is necessary to identify and remove recently added advertising
instances when the HCI commands return with an error status code.
Otherwise new advertising instances could be leaked without properly
informing userspace about their existence.
Signed-off-by: Florian Grandel <fgrandel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The clear_adv_instance() function could not clean up multiple
advertising instances previously. It is being changed to provide both, a
means to clean up a single instance and cleaning up all instances at
once.
An additional instance parameter is being introduced to achieve this.
Passing in 0x00 to this parameter signifies that all instances should be
cleaned up. This semantics has been chosen similarly to the semantics of
the instance parameter in the remove_advertising() function.
When removing a single instance the method also ensures that another
instance will be scheduled if available. When the currently advertising
method is being removed, it will be canceled immediately.
Signed-off-by: Florian Grandel <fgrandel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The set_advertising() and set_advertising_complete() methods rely on
the now obsolete hci_dev->adv_instance structure. We replace this
reference by an equivalent access to the newly introduced dynamic
advertising instance list.
This patch introduces a helper function that schedules an advertising
instance correctly calculating advertising timing based on the timeout
and duration settings of the instance. Scheduling is factored into
its own function for readability and code sharing.
Signed-off-by: Florian Grandel <fgrandel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The create_instance_adv_data() function could not deal with
multiple advertising instances previously. This is being fixed by
retrieving advertising instances from the newly introduced dynamic
advertising instance list.
Signed-off-by: Florian Grandel <fgrandel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The create_instance_scan_rsp_data() function could not deal with
multiple advertising instances previously. This is being fixed by adding
an additional instance parameter.
Signed-off-by: Florian Grandel <fgrandel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Previously enable_advertising() would rely on
get_adv_instance_scan_rsp_len() which checked for a hard coded instance
identifier. This is being changed to check for the current advertising
instance's scan response length instead. The function is renamed
accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Florian Grandel <fgrandel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Switch if and else conditions to replace a negative statement by a
positive one which makes the condition more readable.
Signed-off-by: Florian Grandel <fgrandel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The get_adv_instance_flags() would not work with instance identifiers
other than 0x01. This is being fixed so that arbitrary instance
identifiers can be dealt with while still correctly dealing with the
special case of the 0x00 identifier.
Signed-off-by: Florian Grandel <fgrandel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Replaces the hard coded instance identifier in
get_current_adv_instance() with the actual current instance identifier
so that this method is prepared to work with more than one advertising
instance.
Signed-off-by: Florian Grandel <fgrandel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The read_adv_features() method had a single instance identifier hard
coded. Refer to the advertising instance list instead to return a
dynamically generated list of instance identifiers.
Signed-off-by: Florian Grandel <fgrandel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The ...for_instance function name is quite long and does not follow the
..._inst_... convention followed elsewhere in the code. This patch
renames the ...for_instance functions to their shorter ..._inst_...
version.
Signed-off-by: Florian Grandel <fgrandel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
update_scan_rsp_data() duplicates code from get_current_adv_instance().
This is being fixed by letting the former make use of the latter.
Signed-off-by: Florian Grandel <fgrandel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Currently the delayed work managing advertising duration and timeout is
part of the advertising instance structure. This is not correct as only
a single instance can be advertised at any given time. To implement
round robin advertising a single delayed work structure is needed.
To fix this the delayed work structure is being moved to the hci_dev
structure. The instance specific variable is renamed to "remaining_time"
to make it clear that this is the remaining lifetime of the instance and
not the current advertising timeout.
Signed-off-by: Florian Grandel <fgrandel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The current hci dev structure only supports a single advertising
instance. To support multi-instance advertising it is necessary to
introduce a linked list of advertising instances so that multiple
advertising instances can be dynamically added and/or removed.
In a first step, the existing adv_instance member of the hci_dev
struct is supplemented by a linked list of advertising instances.
This patch introduces the list and supporting list management
infrastructure. The list is not being used yet.
Signed-off-by: Florian Grandel <fgrandel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes the additional module_put() in disconnect_all_peers()
making a correct module refcount so that the module can be removed after
disabling 6lowpan through debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Duda <lukasz.duda@nordicsemi.no>
Signed-off-by: Glenn Ruben Bakke <glenn.ruben.bakke@nordicsemi.no>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes the kfree of the netdev priv in device_event() upon
NETDEV_UNREGISTER event. The freeing of memory is taken care of by the
netdev destructor.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Duda <lukasz.duda@nordicsemi.no>
Signed-off-by: Glenn Ruben Bakke <glenn.ruben.bakke@nordicsemi.no>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves the sysfs device used by the netdev from the device of
the first connected peer to the hci sysfs device. Using the sysfs device
of hci instead of the first connected device fixes this issue such that
the sysfs group of tx-0 and bt0 kobject are still present after the last
peer has been deleted and all sysfs entries can be removed.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Duda <lukasz.duda@nordicsemi.no>
Signed-off-by: Glenn Ruben Bakke <glenn.ruben.bakke@nordicsemi.no>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch renames the variable used to trigger scheduling of
delete_netdev. Changed to infinitiv in order to describe the action
to be done.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Duda <lukasz.duda@nordicsemi.no>
Signed-off-by: Glenn Ruben Bakke <glenn.ruben.bakke@nordicsemi.no>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch fixes an issue with the netdev not being unregistered when
the last peer is deleted. Removing the logical negation operator on the
boolean solves this issue. If the last peer is removed the condition
will be true, and the delete_netdev() is scheduled.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Duda <lukasz.duda@nordicsemi.no>
Signed-off-by: Glenn Ruben Bakke <glenn.ruben.bakke@nordicsemi.no>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The encryption key size is read only for BR/EDR (ACL_LINK) connections
so there's no need to check for it in the read_enc_key_size_complete()
callback.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When pairing over SMP over BR/EDR the generated LTK has by default the
same key size as the BR/EDR Link Key. Make sure we don't set our
Pairing Request/Response max value to anything higher than that.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since Bluetooth 3.0 there's a HCI command available for reading the
encryption key size of an BR/EDR connection. This information is
essential e.g. for generating an LTK using SMP over BR/EDR, so store
it as part of struct hci_conn.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Checking for SC-only mode requirements when we get an encrypt change
event shouldn't be limited to the BT_CONFIG state but done any time
encryption changes.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a debugfs control to set a different minimum LE
encryption key size. This is useful for testing that implementation of
the encryption key size handling is behaving correctly (e.g. that we
get appropriate 'Encryption Key Size' error responses when necessary).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a debugfs control to set a different maximum LE
encryption key size. This is useful for testing that implementation of
the encryption key size handling is behaving correctly.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
list_del() poisons pointers with special values, no need to overwrite them.
Signed-off-by: Alexey Dobriyan <adobriyan@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When we notify user space of a new LTK or distribute an LTK to the
remote peer the value passed should be the shortened version so that
it's easy to compare values in various traces. The core spec also sets
the requirements for the shortening/masking as:
"The masking shall be done after generation and before being
distributed, used or stored."
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
SCO/eSCO link is supported by BR/EDR controller, it is
suitable to move them under BT_BREDR config option
Signed-off-by: Arron Wang <arron.wang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The return value of l2cap_recv_acldata() and sco_recv_scodata()
are not used, then change it to return void
Signed-off-by: Arron Wang <arron.wang@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The encryption key size for LTKs is supposed to be applied only at the
moment of encryption. When generating a Link Key (using LE SC) from
the LTK the full non-shortened value should be used. This patch
modifies the code to always keep the full value around and only apply
the key size when passing the value to HCI.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
During the initial setup stage of a controller, the low-level transport
is actually active. This means that HCI_UP is true. To avoid toggling
the transport off and back on again for normal operation the kernel
holds a grace period with HCI_AUTO_OFF that will turn the low-level
transport off in case no user is present.
The idea of the grace period is important to avoid having to initialize
all of the controller twice. So legacy ioctl and the new management
interface knows how to clear this grace period and then start normal
operation.
For the user channel operation this grace period has not been taken into
account which results in the problem that HCI_UP and HCI_AUTO_OFF are
set and the kernel will return EBUSY. However from a system point of
view the controller is ready to be grabbed by either the ioctl, the
management interface or the user channel.
This patch brings the user channel to the same level as the other two
entries for operating a controller.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
The hci close method needs to know if we are in user channel context.
Only add the index to mgmt once close is performed.
Signed-off-by: Loic Poulain <loic.poulain@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
addr can be NULL and it should not be dereferenced before NULL checking.
Signed-off-by: Jaganath Kanakkassery <jaganath.k@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-05-28
Here's a set of patches intended for 4.2. The majority of the changes
are on the 802.15.4 side of things rather than Bluetooth related:
- All sorts of cleanups & fixes to ieee802154 and related drivers
- Rework of tx power support in ieee802154 and its drivers
- Support for setting ieee802154 tx power through nl802154
- New IDs for the btusb driver
- Various cleanups & smaller fixes to btusb
- New btrtl driver for Realtec devices
- Fix suspend/resume for Realtek devices
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
A few comments had minor typos. These are being fixed.
Signed-off-by: Florian Grandel <fgrandel@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When creating a RTF_CACHE route, RTF_ANYCAST is set based on rt6i_dst.
Also, rt6i_gateway is always set to the nexthop while the nexthop
could be a gateway or the rt6i_dst.addr.
After removing the rt6i_dst and rt6i_src dependency in the last patch,
we also need to stop the caller from depending on rt6i_gateway and
RTF_ANYCAST.
Signed-off-by: Martin KaFai Lau <kafai@fb.com>
Cc: Hannes Frederic Sowa <hannes@stressinduktion.org>
Cc: Steffen Klassert <steffen.klassert@secunet.com>
Cc: Julian Anastasov <ja@ssi.bg>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Conflicts:
drivers/net/ethernet/cadence/macb.c
drivers/net/phy/phy.c
include/linux/skbuff.h
net/ipv4/tcp.c
net/switchdev/switchdev.c
Switchdev was a case of RTNH_H_{EXTERNAL --> OFFLOAD}
renaming overlapping with net-next changes of various
sorts.
phy.c was a case of two changes, one adding a local
variable to a function whilst the second was removing
one.
tcp.c overlapped a deadlock fix with the addition of new tcp_info
statistic values.
macb.c involved the addition of two zyncq device entries.
skbuff.h involved adding back ipv4_daddr to nf_bridge_info
whilst net-next changes put two other existing members of
that struct into a union.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
To help debug legacy SMP crypto functions add debug logs of the
various values involved.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Remove test of command reply status as it is already performed by
__hci_cmd_sync().
__hci_cmd_sync_ev() function already returns an error if it got a
non-zero status either through a Command Complete or a Command
Status event.
For both of these events the status is collected up in the event
handlers called by hci_event_packet() and then passed as the second
parameter to req_complete_skb(). The req_complete_skb() callback in
turn is hci_req_sync_complete() for __hci_cmd_sync_ev() which stores
the status in hdev->req_result. The hdev->req_result is then further
converted through bt_to_errno() back in __hci_cmd_sync_ev().
Signed-off-by: Frederic Danis <frederic.danis@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch fixes hci_remote_name_evt dose not resolve name during
discovery status is RESOLVING. Before simultaneous dual mode scan enabled,
hci_check_pending_name will set discovery status to STOPPED eventually.
Signed-off-by: Wesley Kuo <wesley.kuo@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Four minor merge conflicts:
1) qca_spi.c renamed the local variable used for the SPI device
from spi_device to spi, meanwhile the spi_set_drvdata() call
got moved further up in the probe function.
2) Two changes were both adding new members to codel params
structure, and thus we had overlapping changes to the
initializer function.
3) 'net' was making a fix to sk_release_kernel() which is
completely removed in 'net-next'.
4) In net_namespace.c, the rtnl_net_fill() call for GET operations
had the command value fixed, meanwhile 'net-next' adjusted the
argument signature a bit.
This also matches example merge resolutions posted by Stephen
Rothwell over the past two days.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
In preparation for changing how struct net is refcounted
on kernel sockets pass the knowledge that we are creating
a kernel socket from sock_create_kern through to sk_alloc.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This is long overdue, and is part of cleaning up how we allocate kernel
sockets that don't reference count struct net.
Signed-off-by: "Eric W. Biederman" <ebiederm@xmission.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Most likely, the shutdown routine requires the interface to be up.
This is the case for BTUSB_INTEL: the routine tries to send a command
to the interface, but since this one is down, it fails and exits once
HCI_INIT_TIMEOUT has expired.
Signed-off-by: Gabriele Mazzotta <gabriele.mzt@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 4.0.x
While it is not used by newer userspace anymore, the older userspace was
utilizing HIDP_VIRTUAL_CABLE_UNPLUG and HIDP_BOOT_PROTOCOL_MODE flags
when adding a new HIDP connection.
The flags validation is important, but we can not break older userspace
and with that allow providing these flags even if newer userspace does
not use them anymore.
Reported-and-tested-by: Jörg Otte <jrg.otte@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
When establishing a Bluetooth LE connection, read the remote used
features mask to determine which features are supported. This was
not really needed with Bluetooth 4.0, but since Bluetooth 4.1 and
also 4.2 have introduced new optional features, this becomes more
important.
This works the same as with BR/EDR where the connection enters the
BT_CONFIG stage and hci_connect_cfm call is delayed until the remote
features have been retrieved. Only after successfully receiving the
remote features, the connection enters the BT_CONNECTED state.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The Read Local Out Of Band Extended Data mgmt command is specified to
return the SSP values when given a BR/EDR address type as input
parameter. The returned values may include either the 192-bit variants
of C and R, or their 256-bit variants, or both, depending on the status
of Secure Connections and Secure Connections Only modes. If SSP is not
enabled the command will only return the Class of Device value (like it
has done so far).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The hci_recv_stream_fragment function should have never been introduced
in the first place. The Bluetooth core does not need to know anything
about the HCI transport protocol.
With all transport protocol specific detailed moved back into the
drivers where they belong (mainly generic USB and UART drivers), this
function can now be removed.
This reduces the size of hci_dev structure and also removes an exported
symbol from the Bluetooth core module.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The data pointer provided to hci_recv_stream_fragment function should
have been marked const. The function has no business in modifying the
original data. So fix this now.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The TX power field in the LE advertising data should be placed last
since it needs to be possible to enable kernel controlled TX power,
but still allow for userspace provided flags field.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
With this patch kernel will be able to handle setup request. This is
needed if we would like to handle control mesages with extension
headers. User space will be only resposible for reading setup data and
checking if scenario is conformance to specification (dst and src device
bnep role). In case of new user space, setup data must be leaved(peek
msg) on queue. New bnep session will be responsible for handling this
data.
Signed-off-by: Grzegorz Kolodziejczyk <grzegorz.kolodziejczyk@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Handling extended headers of control frames is required BNEP
functionality. This patch refractor bnep rx frame handling function.
Extended header for control frames shouldn't be omitted as it was
previously done. Every control frame should be checked if it contains
extended header and then every extension should be parsed separately.
Signed-off-by: Grzegorz Kolodziejczyk <grzegorz.kolodziejczyk@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This is needed if user space wants to know supported bnep features
by kernel, e.g. if kernel supports sending response to bnep setup
control message. By now there is no possibility to know supported
features by kernel in case of bnep. Ioctls allows only to add connection,
delete connection, get connection list, get connection info. Adding
connection if it's possible (establishing network device connection) is
equivalent to starting bnep session. Bnep session handles data queue of
transmit, receive messages over bnep channel. It means that if we add
connection the received/transmitted data will be parsed immediately. In
case of get bnep features we want to know before session start, if we
should leave setup data on socket queue and let kernel to handle with it,
or in case of no setup handling support, if we should pull this message
and handle setup response within user space.
Signed-off-by: Grzegorz Kolodziejczyk <grzegorz.kolodziejczyk@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Send command not understood response should be verified if it was
successfully sent, like all send responses.
Signed-off-by: Grzegorz Kolodziejczyk <grzegorz.kolodziejczyk@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When the LE pivacy feature is used, then pairing has to happen based
on resolvable random addresses (RPA), but currently there is no clean
way to retrieve the correct RPA. So instead of returning an outdated
RPA, just disallow this command when LE privacy is in use.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Now that there's a HCI request API available where the callback receives
the resulting skb, we can convert the local OOB data reading to use this
new API. This patch does the necessary update in mgmt.c (which also
requires moving the callback higher up since it's now a static function)
and removes the custom calls from hci_event.c that are no-longer
necessary.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To make the hci_req_run_skb() API consistent with hci_cmd_sync_ev()
the callback should receive the cmd_complete parameters in the 'normal'
case and the full HCI event if a special event was expected. This patch
moves the hci_get_cmd_complete() function from hci_core.c to hci_event.c
where it's used to strip the skb from the needed headers before passing
it on to the callback.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The hci_req_pending() function has no users anymore, so simply remove
it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that the synchronous HCI requests use the new API and a new private
variable the recv_evt member of hci_dev is no-longer needed. This patch
removes it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that there's an API in place that allows passing the resulting skb
to the request callback we can conveniently convert the hci_req_sync and
related functions to use it. Since we still need to get the skb from the
async callback into the sleeping _sync() function the patch adds another
req_skb variable to hci_dev where the sync request state is tracked.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a second possible callback for HCI requests where the
callback will receive the full skb of the last successfully completed
HCI command. This API is useful for cases where we want to use a request
to read some data and the existing hci_event.c handlers do not store it
e.g. in the hci_dev struct.
The reason the patch is a bit bigger than just adding the new API is
because the hci_req_cmd_complete() functions required some refactoring
to enable it: now hci_req_cmd_complete() is simply used to request the
callback pointers if any, and the actual calling of them happens from a
single place at the end of hci_event_packet(). The reason for this is
that we need to pass the original skb (without any skb_pull, etc
modifications done to it) and it's simplest to keep track of it within
the hci_event_packet() function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When dealing with HCI command status events, the reasoning for trying to
mark a request as complete if no specific event is being waited for and
status was success is not self-evident. This patch adds a clarifying
comment above the if-statement.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When SMP selftest is enabled, then besides printing the result into the
kernel message buffer, also create a debugfs file that allows retrieving
the same information.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When ECDH selftest is enabled, then besides printing the result into the
kernel message buffer, also create a debugfs file that allows retrieving
the same information.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The BNEP flags should be clearly restricted to valid ones. So this puts
extra checks in place to ensure this.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The HIDP flags should be clearly restricted to valid ones. So this puts
extra checks in place to ensure this.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The CMTP flags should be clearly restricted to valid ones. So this puts
extra checks in place to ensure this.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
For debugging purposes it is good to be able to read the current
configured Device ID details.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
In order to shrink the size of bt_skb_cb, this patch moves the HCI
request related variables into their own req_ctrl struct. Additionall
the L2CAP and HCI request structs are placed inside the same union since
they will never be used at the same time for the same skb.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We're getting very close to the maximum possible size of bt_skb_cb. To
prepare to shrink the struct with the help of a union this patch moves
all L2CAP related variables into the l2cap_ctrl struct. To later add
other 'ctrl' structs the L2CAP one is renamed simple 'l2cap' instead
of 'control'.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Read Local OOB Extended Data commands are required to return the
address type and the data length at least. However currently the error
returns only the address type.
To fix this and avoid any extra allocations or stack memory, rearrange
the code so that the same path can be used for error returns.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Taking the hci_dev lock for just a memory allocation seems a bit too
much and not really needed. So instead try to allocate the memory first
and then take the lock.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch fixes a bug where the advertising parameters weren't updated
after a call to "Set Connectable" if the HCI_ADVERTISING_INSTANCE
setting was set.
Signed-off-by: Arman Uguray <armansito@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
With this patch, ADV_SCAN_IND will be used for advertising instances
that have non-zero scan response data while the global "connectable"
setting is "off".
Signed-off-by: Arman Uguray <armansito@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch fixes a bug where ADV_NONCONN_IND was being used for
advertising instances >0 while the global connectable setting was
set to "on".
Signed-off-by: Arman Uguray <armansito@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
During the HCI init phase a completed request might be the last part of
the setup procedure after which the actual init procedure starts. The
init procedure begins with a call to hci_reset_req() which sets the
HCI_RESET flag. The purpose of this flag is to make us ignore any
updates to ncmd/cmd_cnt as long as we haven't received the command
complete event for the HCI_Reset. There's a potential race with this
however:
hci_req_cmd_complete(hdev, opcode, status);
if (ev->ncmd && !test_bit(HCI_RESET, &hdev->flags)) {
atomic_set(&hdev->cmd_cnt, 1);
if (!skb_queue_empty(&hdev->cmd_q))
queue_work(hdev->workqueue, &hdev->cmd_work);
}
Since the hci_req_cmd_complete() will trigger the completion of the
setup stage, it's possible that hci_reset_req() gets called before we
try to read ev->ncmd and the HCI_RESET flag. Because of this the cmd_cnt
would never be updated and the hci_reset_req() in practice ends up
blocking itself.
This patch fixes the issue by updating cmd_cnt before notifying the
request completion, and then reading it again to determine whether the
cmd_work should be queued or not.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch simplifies the code paths for assembling the advertising data
used by advertising instances 0 and 1.
Signed-off-by: Arman Uguray <armansito@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch updates the "supported_flags" parameter returned from the
"Read Advertising Features" command. Add Advertising will now return
an error if an unsupported flag is provided.
Signed-off-by: Arman Uguray <armansito@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for the "tx-power" flag of the Add
Advertising command.
Signed-off-by: Arman Uguray <armansito@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for the "managed-flags" flag of the Add
Advertising command.
Signed-off-by: Arman Uguray <armansito@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for the "limited-discoverable" flag of the
Add Advertising command.
Signed-off-by: Arman Uguray <armansito@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for the "discoverable" flag of the
Add Advertising command.
Signed-off-by: Arman Uguray <armansito@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for the "connectable mode" flag of the
Add Advertising command.
Signed-off-by: Arman Uguray <armansito@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When the user of the management interface is not trusted, then it only
has access to a limited set of commands and events. When providing the
list of supported commands and events take the trusted vs untrusted
status of the user into account and return different lists.
This way the untrusted user knows exactly which commands it can
execute and which events it can receive. So no guesswork needed.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch implements support for the timeout parameter of the
Add Advertising command.
Signed-off-by: Arman Uguray <armansito@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch implements setting the Scan Response data provided as part
of an advertising instance through the Add Advertising command.
Signed-off-by: Arman Uguray <armansito@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds the most basic implementation for the
"Add Advertisement" command. All state updates between the
various HCI settings (POWERED, ADVERTISING, ADVERTISING_INSTANCE,
and LE_ENABLED) has been implemented. The command currently
supports only setting the advertising data fields, with no flags
and no scan response data.
Signed-off-by: Arman Uguray <armansito@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch introduces a new data structure to represent advertising
instances that were added using the "Add Advertising" mgmt command.
Initially an hci_dev structure will support only one of these instances
at a time, so the current instance is simply stored as a direct member
of hci_dev.
Signed-off-by: Arman Uguray <armansito@chromium.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The hci_request in le_scan_disable_work_complete() was being initialized
in a general context but only used in a specific branch in the function
(when simultaneous discovery is not supported). This patch moves the
usage to be limited to the branch where hci_req_run() is actually
called.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch expose controller quirks through debugfs. It would be
useful for BlueZ tests using vhci. Currently there is no way to
test quirk dependent behaviour. It might be also useful for manual
testing.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Pawlowski <jpawlowski@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Using the HCI_MAX_AD_LENGTH for the max advertising data and max scan
response data length makes more sense than hardcoding the value.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Currently the enabling of LE on LE only devices causes an error. This
is a bit difference from other commands where trying to set the same
existing settings causes a positive response. Fix this behavior for
this single corner case.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the allocation of the L2CAP channel for the BR/EDR security manager
fails, then the smp variable might be NULL. In that case do not try to
free the non-existing crypto contexts
Reported-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
OS X version 10.10.2 (and possibly older versions) doesn't support LE
Secure Connections but incorrectly copies all authentication request
bits from a Security Request to its Pairing Request. The result is that
an SC capable initiator (such as BlueZ) will think OS X intends to do SC
when in fact it's incapable of it:
< ACL Data TX: Handle 3585 flags 0x00 dlen 6
SMP: Security Request (0x0b) len 1
Authentication requirement: Bonding, No MITM, SC, No Keypresses (0x09)
> ACL Data RX: Handle 3585 flags 0x02 dlen 11
SMP: Pairing Request (0x01) len 6
IO capability: KeyboardDisplay (0x04)
OOB data: Authentication data not present (0x00)
Authentication requirement: Bonding, No MITM, SC, No Keypresses (0x09)
Max encryption key size: 16
Initiator key distribution: EncKey (0x01)
Responder key distribution: EncKey IdKey Sign (0x07)
< ACL Data TX: Handle 3585 flags 0x00 dlen 11
SMP: Pairing Response (0x02) len 6
IO capability: NoInputNoOutput (0x03)
OOB data: Authentication data not present (0x00)
Authentication requirement: Bonding, No MITM, SC, No Keypresses (0x09)
Max encryption key size: 16
Initiator key distribution: EncKey (0x01)
Responder key distribution: EncKey Sign (0x05)
The pairing eventually fails when we get an unexpected Pairing Confirm
PDU instead of a Public Key PDU:
> ACL Data RX: Handle 3585 flags 0x02 dlen 21
SMP: Pairing Confirm (0x03) len 16
Confim value: bcc3bed31b8f313a78ec3cce32685faf
It is only at this point that we can speculate that the remote doesn't
really support SC. This patch creates a workaround for the just-works
model, however the MITM case is unsolvable because the OS X user has
already been requested to enter a PIN which we're now expected to
randomly generate and show the user (i.e. a chicken-and-egg problem).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The mgmt.c file should be reserved purely for HCI_CHANNEL_CONTROL. The
mgmt_control() function in it is already completely generic and has a
single user in hci_sock.c. This patch moves the function there and
renames it a bit more appropriately to hci_mgmt_cmd() (as it's a command
dispatcher).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In order to make the mgmt command handling more generic we can't have a
direct call to mgmt_init_hdev() from mgmt_control(). This patch adds a
new callback to struct hci_mgmt_chan. And sets it to point to the
mgmt_init_hdev() function for the HCI_CHANNEL_CONTROL instance.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There are several mgmt protocol features that will be needed by more
than just the current HCI_CHANNEL_CONTROL. These include sending generic
events as well as handling pending commands. This patch moves these
functions out from mgmt.c to a new mgmt_util.c file.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To be able to have pending commands for different HCI channels we need
to be able to distinguish for which channel a command was sent to. The
channel information is already part of the socket data and can be
fetched using the recently added hci_sock_get_channel() function. To not
require all mgmt.c code to pass an extra channel parameter this patch
also adds a helper pending_find() & pending_find_data() functions which
act as a wrapper to the new mgmt_pending_find() & mgmt_pending_find_data()
APIs.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We'll need to have access to which HCI channel a socket is bound to, in
order to manage pending mgmt commands in clean way. This patch adds a
helper for the purpose.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When doing scan through mgmt api, some controllers can do both le and
classic scan at same time. They can be distinguished by
HCI_QUIRK_SIMULTANEOUS_DISCOVERY set.
This patch enables them to use this feature when doing dual mode scan.
Instead of doing le, then classic scan, both scans are run at once.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Pawlowski <jpawlowski@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch refactor BR/EDR inquiry and LE scan triggering logic into
separate methods.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Pawlowski <jpawlowski@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When a different user requests a new set of local out-of-band data, then
inform all previous users that the data has been updated. To limit the
scope of users, the updates are limited to previous users. If a user has
never requested out-of-band data, it will also not see the update.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The length of the respone packet for Read Local OOB Extended Data
command has a calculation error. In case LE Secure Connections support
is not enabled, the actual response is shorter. Keep this in mind and
update the value accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
In case LE Secure Connections is not enabled, then the command for
returning local out-of-band data should not include the confirmation
and random value for LE SC pairing. All other fields are still valid,
but these two need to be left out. In that case it is also no needed
to generate the public/private key pair for out-of-band pairing.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This seems to be a simple typo in the debugfs entry for the remote
out-of-band data entries.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The variable for the out-of-band random number was badly named and
with that confusing. Just rename it to local_rand so it is clear
what value it represents.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Just for pure debugging purposes print the remote out-of-band data
that has been received and is going to be used.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
It might be a bit counterintuitive to set a 'local' flag based on remote
data. This patch adds a clarifying comment to the pairing req/rsp
handlers when setting the LOCAL_OOB flag based on the PDU received from
the remote side.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When we receive the remote public key, if we have remote OOB data
there's no point in sending our public key to the remote if the OOB data
doesn't match. This patch moves the test for this higher up in the
smp_cmd_public_key() function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If we haven't received remote OOB data we cannot perform any special
checks on the confirm value. This patch updates the check after having
received the public key to only perform the verification if we have
remote OOB data present.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If the SMP Pairing Request or Response PDU received from the remote
device indicates that it has received our OOB data we should set the
SMP_FLAG_LOCAL_OOB flag.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There are several decisions in the SMP logic that depend not only on
whether we're doing SMP or not, but also whether local and/or remote OOB
data is present. This patch splits the existing SMP_FLAG_OOB into two
new flags to track local and remote OOB data respectively.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We need to store the local ra/rb value in order to verify the Check
value received from the remote. This patch adds a new 'lr' for the local
ra/rb value and makes sure it gets used when verifying the DHKey Check
PDU received from the remote.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The OOB public and secret key pair is different from the non-OOB pairing
procedure. SO when OOB method is in use, then use this key pair instead
of generating a new one.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Then the local out-of-band data for LE SC pairing is requested via Read
Local OOB Extended Data command, then fill in the values generated by
the smp_generate_oob function. Every call of this command will overwrite
previously generated values.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds a smp_generate_oob function that allows to create
local out-of-band data that can be used for pairing and also provides
the confirmation and random value.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The security manager device will require the use of AES-CMAC hash for
out-of-band data generation. This patch makes sure it is correctly
set up and available.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Every Bluetooth Low Energy controller requires a local crypto context
to handle the resolvable private addresses. At the moment this is just
a single crypto context, but for out-of-band data generation it will
require an additional. To facility this, create a struct smp_dev that
will hold all the extra information. This patch is just the refactoring
in preparation for future changes.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Within the security manager, it makes sense to use kzfree instead of
kfree for all data structures. This ensures that no key material leaks
by accident.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The HCI_CONN_REMOTE_OOB connection flag is used to indicate if the
pairing initiator has provided out-of-band data. However since that
value is no longer used in any decision making, just remove it.
It is actually unclear what purpose the OOB data present field from
the HCI IO Capability Response event serves in the first place. If
either side provided out-of-band data, then that data will be used
for pairing.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When only the pairing initiator is providing out-of-band data, then
the receiver side was ignoring the data. For some reason the code was
checking if the initiator has received out-of-band data and only then
also provide the required inidication that the acceptor actually has
the needed data available.
For BR/EDR out-of-band pairing it is enough if one side has received
out-of-band data. There are no extra checks needed here to make this
work smoothly. The only thing that is needed is to tell the controller
if data is present (and if it is P-192 or P-256 or both) and then let
the controller actually figure out the rest.
This means the check for outgoing connection or if the initiator has
indicated data are completely pointless and are in fact actually
causing harm. The check in question is this one:
if (conn->out || test_bit(HCI_CONN_REMOTE_OOB, &conn->flags)) {
After just taking the conditional check out and always executing the
code for determining the type of out-of-band data, the pairing works
flawlessly and prodcudes authenticated link keys.
The patch itself looks more complicated due to the reformatting of the
indentation, but it essentially just a two-line change.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This adds support for the simplest possible version of Read Local OOB
Extended Data management command. It includes all mandatory fields,
but none of the actual pairing related ones.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The eir_append_data helper function is needed for generating the
extended local OOB data fields. So move it up into the right location.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This adds support for the simplest possible version of Read Advertising
Features management command. It allows basic testing of the interface.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Changes to the global configuration updates like settings, class of
device, name etc. can be received by every user. They are allowed to
read them in the first place so provide the updates via events as
well. Otherwise untrusted users start polling for updates and that
is not a desired behavior.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Until now the management interface was restricted to CAP_NET_ADMIN. With
this change every user can open the management socket. However the list
of commands is heavily restricted to getting basic information about the
attached controllers. No access for configuration or other operation is
provided. The events are also limited. This is done so that no keys can
leak or untrusted users can mess with the Bluetooth configuration.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Check the required trust level of each management command with the trust
level of the management socket. If it does not match up, then return the
newly introduced permission denied error.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The flags field for the management command table will be always
initialized to zero and thus no need to do that manually.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Some management commands are safe to be accessed from any user without
special permissions. First step for allowing access to any of these
commands from untrusted application is to mark them accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The management interface will need access to the socket flags and so
provide a helper function for checking them.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
With the introduction of trusted socket flag for control and monitor
channels, it is now possible to use a single function for sending
packets to these sockets. And with that consolidate the handling.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Providing a global trusted flag for management control sockets provides
an easy way for identifying sockets and imposing restriction on it. For
now all management sockets are trusted since they require CAP_NET_ADMIN.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The Read Extended Contoller Index List command can be used for
retrieving the complete list of local available controllers. This
included configured, unconfigured and also AMP controllers.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This introduces support for using Extended Index Added and Extended
Index Removed events. These events contain the controller type and
also the hardware bus information from the driver.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
For sending Index Added, Index Removed, Unconfigured Index Added and
Unconfigured Index Removed managment events the new helper functions
allows taking into account if these events are enabled for a certain
management socket or not.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The hci_send_to_flagged_channel helper function can be used to send
packets to all channels that have a certain HCI socket flag set.
This is especially useful for managment events that are limited to
sockets that have first enabled certain functionality. This allows
for filtering of events without confusing existing users.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
To filter out certain actions for certain HCI sockets introcuce a flags
field that allows to configure specific settings on individual sockets.
Since the hci_pinfo structure is private in hci_sock.c, provide helper
functions for setting and clearing a given flag.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
Here's another set of Bluetooth & ieee802154 patches intended for 4.1:
- Added support for QCA ROME chipset family in the btusb driver
- at86rf230 driver fixes & cleanups
- ieee802154 cleanups
- Refactoring of Bluetooth mgmt API to allow new users
- New setting for static Bluetooth address exposed to user space
- Refactoring of hci_dev flags to remove limit of 32
- Remove unnecessary fast-connectable setting usage restrictions
- Fix behavior to be consistent when trying to pair already paired device
- Service discovery corner-case fixes
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
With the extension of hdev->dev_flags utilizing a bitmap now, the space
is no longer restricted. Merge the hdev->dbg_flags into hdev->dev_flags
to save space on 64-bit architectures. On 32-bit architectures no size
reduction happens.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The hdev->dev_flags field has outgrown itself on 32-bit systems. So
instead of hacking around it, switch to using DECLARE_BITMAP.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Instead of manually coding test_and_set_bit on hdev->dev_flags all the
time, use hci_dev_test_and_set_flag helper macro.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Instead of manually coding test_and_clear_bit on hdev->dev_flags all the
time, use hci_dev_test_and_clear_flag helper macro.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Instead of manually coding test_and_change_bit on hdev->dev_flags all the
time, use hci_dev_test_and_change_flag helper macro.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Instead of manually coding change_bit on hdev->dev_flags all the time,
use hci_dev_change_flag helper macro.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Instead of manually coding clear_bit on hdev->dev_flags all the time,
use hci_dev_clear_flag helper macro.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Instead of manually coding set_bit on hdev->dev_flags all the time,
use hci_dev_set_flag helper macro.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Instead of manually coding test_bit on hdev->dev_flags all the time,
use hci_dev_test_flag helper macro.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The patch adds a second advertising setting that allows switching of the
controller into connectable mode independent of the global connectable
setting.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The SMP code contains two else branches that are not needed since the
successful test will actually leave the function.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
If we're given an RPA when checking whether we're paired or not, we
should consult the local RPA storage whether there's a matching IRK.
This we we ensure that hci_bdaddr_is_paired() gives the right result
even when trying to pair a second time with the same device with an RPA.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When finding a matching LTK the rcu_read_unlock() function was failing
to release the RCU read lock. This patch adds the missing call to
rcu_reaD_unlock().
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch increments the management interface revision due to
introduction of new static address setting and fixes for the
fast connectable feature.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
To make the behavior predictable when attempting to pair with a device
for which we already have a Link Key or Long Term Key, this patch adds a
new 'Already Paired' error which gets sent in such a scenario.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To maximize the usability of the Fast Connectable feature we should make
it possible to set (or unset) it at any given moment. This means
removing the dependency on the 'connectable' setting as well as the
'powered' setting. The former makes also sense since page scan may get
enabled through add_device even if 'connectable' is false. To keep the
setting available over power cycles its flag also needs to be removed
from the flags that are cleared upon HCI_Reset.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
While compiling the following warning occurs:
WARNING: net/built-in.o(.init.text+0x602c): Section mismatch in
reference from the function bt_init() to the function
.exit.text:sco_exit()
The function __init bt_init() references
a function __exit sco_exit().
This is often seen when error handling in the init function
uses functionality in the exit path.
The fix is often to remove the __exit annotation of
sco_exit() so it may be used outside an exit section.
Since commit 6d785aa345 ("Bluetooth:
Convert mgmt to use HCI chan registration API") the function "sco_exit"
is used inside of function "bt_init". The suggested solution by remove
the __exit annotation solved this issue.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Currently the mgmt_event() function is only capable of sending to
HCI_CHANNEL_CONTROL. To void having to change all users of it, add a new
mgmt_send_event() function that takes a channel parameter, and make the
old mgmt_event() a wrapper that passes MGMT_CHANNEL_CONTROL to it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch renames the pending_cmd struct (used for tracking pending mgmt
commands) to mgmt_pending_cmd, so that it can be moved to a more generic
place and be used also by other modules using other HCI channels.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch renames the cmd_complete() function to mgmt_cmd_complete() in
preparation of making it a generic helper for other modules to use too.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch renames the cmd_status() function to mgmt_cmd_status() in
preparation of making it a generic helper for other modules to use too.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In order to completely generalize the mgmt command handling we need to
move away command-specific information from mgmt_control() into the
actual command table. This patch adds a new 'flags' field to the handler
entries which can now contain the following command specific
information:
- Command takes variable length parameters
- Command doesn't target any specific HCI device
- Command can be sent when the HCI device is unconfigured
After this the mgmt_control() function is completely generic and can
potentially be reused by new HCI channels.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch converts the existing mgmt code to use the newly introduced
generic API for registering HCI channels with mgmt-like semantics.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds an API for registering HCI channels with mgmt-like
semantics. For now the only user will be HCI_CHANNEL_CONTROL, but e.g.
6lowpan is intended to use this as well in the future.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Currently it is not possible to determine if the static address is used
by the controller. It is also not possible to determine if using a
static on a dual-mode controller with disabled BR/EDR is possible or
not.
To address this issue, introduce a new setting called static-address. If
support for this setting is signaled that means that the kernel supports
using static addresses. And if used on dual-mode controllers with BR/EDR
disabled it means that a configured static address can be used.
In addition utilize the same setting for the list of current active
settings that indicates if a static address is configured and if that
address will be actually used.
With this in mind the existing Set Static Address management command
has been extended to return the current settings. That way the caller
of that command can easily determine if the programmed address will
be used or if extra steps are required.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch fixes service discovery behaviour, when provided uuid filter
is empty and HCI_QUIRK_STRICT_DUPLICATE_FILTER is set. Before this
patch, empty uuid filter was unable to trigger scan restart, and that
caused inconsistent behaviour in applications.
Example: two DBus clients call BlueZ, one to find all devices with
service abcd, second to find all devices with rssi smaller than -90.
Sum of those filters, that is passed to mgmt_service_scan is empty
filter, with no rssi or uuids set.
That caused kernel not to restart scan when quirk was set.
That was inconsistent with what happen when there's only one of those
two filters set (scan is restarted and reports devices).
To fix that, new variable hdev->discovery.result_filtering was
introduced. It can indicate that filtered scan is running, no matter
what uuid or rssi filter is set.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Pawlowski <jpawlowski@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch refactor code responsible for filtering when service
discovery method is used. Previously this code was mixed with
mgmt_device found logic. Now when it's in one place whole logic can
be greatly simplified. That includes removing no longer necessary
length field and merging checks for eir and scan_rsp.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Pawlowski <jpawlowski@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch moves whole packet filering logic of service discovery
into new function is_filter_match. It's done because logic inside
mgmt_device_found is very complicated and needs some
simplification.
Also having whole logic in one place will allow to simplify it in
the future.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Pawlowski <jpawlowski@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Use the built-in function instead of memset.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Johan Hedberg says:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2015-03-02
Here's the first bluetooth-next pull request targeting the 4.1 kernel:
- ieee802154/6lowpan cleanups
- SCO routing to host interface support for the btmrvl driver
- AMP code cleanups
- Fixes to AMP HCI init sequence
- Refactoring of the HCI callback mechanism
- Added shutdown routine for Intel controllers in the btusb driver
- New config option to enable/disable Bluetooth debugfs information
- Fix for early data reception on L2CAP fixed channels
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After TIPC doesn't depend on iocb argument in its internal
implementations of sendmsg() and recvmsg() hooks defined in proto
structure, no any user is using iocb argument in them at all now.
Then we can drop the redundant iocb argument completely from kinds of
implementations of both sendmsg() and recvmsg() in the entire
networking stack.
Cc: Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
Suggested-by: Al Viro <viro@ZenIV.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Ying Xue <ying.xue@windriver.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
As part of an effort to move skb->dropcount to skb->cb[] use a common
macro in protocol families using skb->cb[] for ancillary data to
validate available room in skb->cb[].
Signed-off-by: Eyal Birger <eyal.birger@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Convert boolean fields incoming and req_start to bit fields and move
force_active in order save space in bt_skb_cb in an effort to use
a portion of skb->cb[] for storing skb->dropcount.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Birger <eyal.birger@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
struct hci_req_ctrl is never used outside of struct bt_skb_cb;
Inlining it frees 8 bytes on a 64 bit system in skb->cb[] allowing
the addition of more ancillary data.
Signed-off-by: Eyal Birger <eyal.birger@gmail.com>
Reviewed-by: Shmulik Ladkani <shmulik.ladkani@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
gcc5 warns about passing a const array to hci_test_bit which takes a
non-const pointer:
net/bluetooth/hci_sock.c: In function ‘hci_sock_sendmsg’:
net/bluetooth/hci_sock.c:955:8: warning: passing argument 2 of ‘hci_test_bit’ discards ‘const’ qualifier from pointer target type [-Wdiscarded-array-qualifiers]
&hci_sec_filter.ocf_mask[ogf])) &&
^
net/bluetooth/hci_sock.c:49:19: note: expected ‘void *’ but argument is of type ‘const __u32 (*)[4] {aka const unsigned int (*)[4]}’
static inline int hci_test_bit(int nr, void *addr)
^
So make 'addr' 'const void *'.
Signed-off-by: Jiri Slaby <jslaby@suse.cz>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
Cc: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@gmail.com>
The 'master' parameter of the New CSRK event was recently renamed to
'type', with the old values kept for backwards compatibility as
unauthenticated local/remote keys. This patch updates the code to take
into account the two new (authenticated) values and ensures they get
used based on the security level of the connection that the respective
keys get distributed over.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that there's the general purpose hci_send_to_channel() API it will
do the exact same thing as queue_monitor_skb() when passed the monitor
HCI channel. This patch removes queue_monitor_skb() and replaces any
users of it with calls to hci_send_to_channel().
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The hci_send_to_control() can be made more general purpose with a small
change of passing the desired HCI channel as a parameter to it. This
allows using it for the monitor channel as well as e.g. 6lowpan in the
future.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The only reason the SMP code is essentially duplicating the
hci_copy_identity_addr() function is that the helper returns the address
type in the HCI format rather than the three-value format expected by
l2cap_chan. This patch converts the SMP code to use the helper and then
do a simple conversion from one address type to another.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Changing the HS setting requires that SSP is enabled, however so far the
code only checked for the SSP flag but not a potentially ongoing Set SSP
operation. This patch adds a check for a pending Set SSP command in the
Set HS handler, and returns a 'busy' error if one is found.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The command handler for Set HS doesn't use mgmt_pending_add() so we can
never have a pending Set HS command that mgmt_pending_find() would
return. This patch removes an unnecessary lookup for it in the set_ssp()
handler function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves all the disconn_cfm callbacks to be based on the hci_cb
list. This means making l2cap_disconn_cfm private to l2cap_core.c and
sco_conn_cb private to sco.c respectively. Since the hci_conn type
filtering isn't done any more on the wrapper level the callbacks
themselves need to check that they were passed a relevant type of
connection.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch moves all the connect_cfm callbacks to be based on the hci_cb
list. This means making l2cap_connect_cfm private to l2cap_core.c and
sco_connect_cb private to sco.c respectively. Since the hci_conn type
filtering isn't done any more on the wrapper level the callbacks
themselves need to check that they were passed a relevant type of
connection.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There's no reason to have the custom hci_proto_auth/encrypt_cfm helpers
when the hci_cb list works equally well. This patch adds L2CAP to the
hci_cb list and makes l2cap_security_cfm a private function of
l2cap_core.c.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We'll soon need to be able to sleep inside the loops that iterate the
hci_cb list, so neither a spinlock, rwlock or rcu are usable. This patch
changes the lock to a mutex which permits sleeping while holding the
lock.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When processing hci_cb entries we want first registered callbacks to be
called first and later ones later. This is because eventually the L2CAP
callbacks that are part of the core will use this list and get
registered first. To keep the same order of calling L2CAP callbacks
before e.g. RFCOMM the order of elements needs to be this way.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Some AMP controllers do not support the Read Local Features HCI commands
(even though according to the spec they should). Luckily they at least
correctly omit this from the supported commands bitmask, so we can work
around the issue by creating a second AMP init phase and issuing the HCI
command conditionally there.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
On BR/EDR the L2CAP channel instances for fixed channels have so far
been marked as ready only once the L2CAP information req/rsp procedure
is complete and we have the fixed channel mask. This could however lead
to data being dropped if we receive it on the channel before knowing the
remote mask.
Since it is valid for a remote to send data this early, simply assume
that the channel is supported when we receive data on it. So far this
hasn't been noticed much because of limited use of fixed channels on
BR/EDR, but e.g. with SMP over BR/EDR this is already now visible with
automated tests failing randomly.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Bluetooth controllers can export extensive information about
internal states via debugfs. This patch provides an option to
choose if these information are provided or not.
For backwards compatibility with existing kernel configuration,
this option defaults to yes.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The __next_ident function is a local function and so do not export it
and make it static.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The a2mp_send function is a local function and so do not export it
and make it static.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The amp_mgr_lookup_by_state function does not need to be exported. So
just move it to a different location and make it static.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
There is no reason to have amp_mgr_list and amp_mgr_list_lock exported
from a2mp.c and thus make both of them static.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The A2MP_FEAT_EXT declaration has a single user in a2mp.c and thus
just move it there.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This callback allows a vendor to send the vendor specific commands
before cloing the hci interface.
Signed-off-by: Tedd Ho-Jeong An <tedd.an@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If user space is trying to pair on not enabled transport
MGMT_STATUS_REJECT will be returned.
If user space is trying to pair on transport which controller does not
support, MGMT_STATUS_NOT_SUPPORTED will be returned.
Having separate error code for that scenario might be useful for
debugging at least.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Rymanowski <lukasz.rymanowski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
With this patch -EOPNOTSUPP will be returned by hci_connect_acl for LE
only controllers. If it is dual device with disabled BREDR -ECONNREFUSED
will be returned
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Rymanowski <lukasz.rymanowski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Kernel gives possibility to enable/disable LE host support.
There is flag HCI_LE_ENABLED which is set when this support is enabled
and some parts of the code checks this flag e.g. SMP
However it is still possible to make LE connection if LE Host support is
disabled, what might be confused for remote device.
This patch makes sure that kernel will not send HCI LE Create Connection
if LE HOST support is not enabled.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Rymanowski <lukasz.rymanowski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The bnep_get_device function may be triggered by an ioctl just after a
connection has gone down. In such a case the respective L2CAP chan->conn
pointer will get set to NULL (by l2cap_chan_del). This patch adds a
missing NULL check for this case in the bnep_get_device() function.
Reported-by: Patrik Flykt <patrik.flykt@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This extended return parameters struct conflicts with the new Read Local
OOB Extended Data command definition. To avoid the conflict simply
rename the old "extended" version to the normal one and update the code
appropriately to take into account the two possible response PDU sizes.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When using LE_SCAN_FILTER_DUP_ENABLE, some controllers would send
advertising report from each LE device only once. That means that we
don't get any updates on RSSI value, and makes Service Discovery very
slow. This patch adds restarting scan when in Service Discovery, and
device with filtered uuid is found, but it's not in RSSI range to send
event yet. This way if device moves into range, we will quickly get RSSI
update.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Pawlowski <jpawlowski@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Currently there is no way to restart le scan, and it's needed in
service scan method. The way it work: it disable, and then enable le
scan on controller.
During the restart, we must remember when the scan was started, and
it's duration, to later re-schedule the le_scan_disable work, that was
stopped during the stop scan phase.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Pawlowski <jpawlowski@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When using Secure Connections Only mode, then only P-256 OOB data is
valid and should be provided. In case userspace provides P-192 and P-256
OOB data, then the P-192 values will be set to zero. However the present
value of the IO capability exchange still mentioned that both values
would be available. Fix this by telling the controller clearly that only
the P-256 OOB data is present.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
For debugging purposes it is good to know which OOB data is actually
currently loaded for each controller. So expose that list via debugfs.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the Hardware Error event is send by the controller, the Bluetooth
core stores the error code. Expose it via debugfs so it can be retrieved
later on.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
To allow easier debugging when debug keys are generated, provide debugfs
entry for checking the setting of debug keys usage.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the HCI Write Simple Pairing Debug Mode command has been issued,
the result needs to be tracked and stored. The hdev->ssp_debug_mode
variable is already present, but was never updated when the mode in
the controller was actually changed.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The value of the ssp_debug_mode should be accessible via debugfs to be
able to determine if a BR/EDR controller generates debugs keys or not.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
In case the remote only provided P-192 or P-256 data for OOB pairing,
then make sure that the data value pointers are correctly set. That way
the core can provide correct information when remote OOB data present
information have to be communicated.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Before setting the OOB data present flag with SMP pairing, check the
newly introduced present tracking that actual OOB data values have
been provided. The existence of remote OOB data structure does not
actually mean that the correct data values are available.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When BR/EDR Secure Connections has been enabled, the OOB data present
value can take 2 additional values. The host has to clearly provide
details about if P-192 OOB data, P-256 OOB data or a combination of
P-192 and P-256 OOB data is present.
In case BR/EDR Secure Connections is not enabled or not supported,
then check that P-192 OOB data is actually present and return the
correct value based on that.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Instead of doing complex calculation every time the OOB data is used,
just calculate the OOB data present value and store it with the OOB
data raw values.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The smp_unregister() function needs to be called every time the
controller is powered down. There are multiple entry points when
this can happen. One is "hciconfig hci0 reset" which will throw
a WARN_ON when LE support has been enabled.
[ 78.564620] WARNING: CPU: 0 PID: 148 at net/bluetooth/smp.c:3075 smp_register+0xf1/0x170()
[ 78.564622] Modules linked in:
[ 78.564628] CPU: 0 PID: 148 Comm: kworker/u3:1 Not tainted 3.19.0-rc4-devel+ #404
[ 78.564629] Hardware name: QEMU Standard PC (i440FX + PIIX, 1996), BIOS
[ 78.564635] Workqueue: hci0 hci_rx_work
[ 78.564638] ffffffff81b4a7a2 ffff88001cb2fb38 ffffffff8161d881 0000000080000000
[ 78.564642] 0000000000000000 ffff88001cb2fb78 ffffffff8103b870 696e55206e6f6f6d
[ 78.564645] ffff88001d965000 0000000000000000 0000000000000000 ffff88001d965000
[ 78.564648] Call Trace:
[ 78.564655] [<ffffffff8161d881>] dump_stack+0x4f/0x7b
[ 78.564662] [<ffffffff8103b870>] warn_slowpath_common+0x80/0xc0
[ 78.564667] [<ffffffff81544b00>] ? add_uuid+0x1f0/0x1f0
[ 78.564671] [<ffffffff8103b955>] warn_slowpath_null+0x15/0x20
[ 78.564674] [<ffffffff81562d81>] smp_register+0xf1/0x170
[ 78.564680] [<ffffffff81081236>] ? lock_timer_base.isra.30+0x26/0x50
[ 78.564683] [<ffffffff81544bf0>] powered_complete+0xf0/0x120
[ 78.564688] [<ffffffff8152e622>] hci_req_cmd_complete+0x82/0x260
[ 78.564692] [<ffffffff8153554f>] hci_cmd_complete_evt+0x6cf/0x2e20
[ 78.564697] [<ffffffff81623e43>] ? _raw_spin_unlock_irqrestore+0x13/0x30
[ 78.564701] [<ffffffff8106b0af>] ? __wake_up_sync_key+0x4f/0x60
[ 78.564705] [<ffffffff8153a2ab>] hci_event_packet+0xbcb/0x2e70
[ 78.564709] [<ffffffff814094d3>] ? skb_release_all+0x23/0x30
[ 78.564711] [<ffffffff81409529>] ? kfree_skb+0x29/0x40
[ 78.564715] [<ffffffff815296c8>] hci_rx_work+0x1c8/0x3f0
[ 78.564719] [<ffffffff8105bd91>] ? get_parent_ip+0x11/0x50
[ 78.564722] [<ffffffff8105be25>] ? preempt_count_add+0x55/0xb0
[ 78.564727] [<ffffffff8104f65f>] process_one_work+0x12f/0x360
[ 78.564731] [<ffffffff8104ff9b>] worker_thread+0x6b/0x4b0
[ 78.564735] [<ffffffff8104ff30>] ? cancel_delayed_work_sync+0x10/0x10
[ 78.564738] [<ffffffff810542fa>] kthread+0xea/0x100
[ 78.564742] [<ffffffff81620000>] ? __schedule+0x3e0/0x980
[ 78.564745] [<ffffffff81054210>] ? kthread_create_on_node+0x180/0x180
[ 78.564749] [<ffffffff816246ec>] ret_from_fork+0x7c/0xb0
[ 78.564752] [<ffffffff81054210>] ? kthread_create_on_node+0x180/0x180
[ 78.564755] ---[ end trace 8b0d943af76d3736 ]---
This warning is not critical and has only been placed in the code to
actually catch this exact situation. To avoid triggering it move
the smp_unregister() into hci_dev_do_close() which will now also
take care of remove the SMP channel. It is safe to call this function
since it only remove the channel if it has been previously registered.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When receiving a HCI Hardware Error event, the controller should be
assumed to be non-functional until issuing a HCI Reset command.
The Bluetooth hardware errors are vendor specific and so add a
new hdev->hw_error callback that drivers can provide to run extra
code to handle the hardware error.
After completing the vendor specific error handling perform a full
reset of the Bluetooth stack by closing and re-opening the transport.
Based-on-patch-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Split the hci_dev_reset ioctl handling into using hci_dev_do_reset
helper function. Similar to what has been done with hci_dev_do_open
and hci_dev_do_close.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The discovery state should be set to stopped when the HCI device is
powered off. This patch adds the appropriate call to the
hci_discovery_set_state() function from hci_dev_do_close() which is
responsible for the power-off procedure.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When HCI_Reset is issued the discovery state is assumed to be stopped.
The hci_cc_reset() handler was trying to set the state but it was doing
it without using the hci_discovery_set_state() function. Because of this
e.g. the mgmt Discovering event could go without being sent. This patch
fixes the code to use the hci_discovery_set_state() function instead of
just blindly setting the state value.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There's a check in set_secure_conn() that's supposed to ensure that SSP
is enabled before we try to request the controller to enable SC (since
SSP is a pre-requisite for it). However, this check only makes sense for
controllers actually supporting BR/EDR SC. If we have a 4.0 controller
we're only interested in the LE part of SC and should therefore not be
requiring SSP to be enabled. This patch adds an additional condition to
check for lmp_sc_capable(hdev) before requiring SSP to be enabled.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If Secure Connections Only mode has been enabled, the it is important
to check that OOB data for P-256 values is provided. In case it is not,
then tell the remote side that no OOB data is present.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When replying to the IO capability request for Secure Simple Pairing and
Secure Connections, the OOB data present fields needs to set. Instead of
making the calculation inline, split this into a separate helper
function.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When Secure Connections Only mode has been enabled and remote OOB data
is requested, then only provide P-256 hash and randomizer vaulues. The
fields for P-192 hash and randomizer should be set to zero.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Until legacy SMP OOB pairing is implemented user space should be given a
clear error when trying to use it. This patch adds a corresponding check
to the Add Remote OOB Data handler function which returns "invalid
parameters" if non-zero Rand192 or Hash192 parameters were given for an
LE address.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
l2cap/rfcomm/sco_sock_accept() are wait loops which may acquire
sleeping locks. Since both wait loops and sleeping locks use
task_struct.state to sleep and wake, the nested sleeping locks
destroy the wait loop state.
Use the newly-minted wait_woken() and DEFINE_WAIT_FUNC() for the
wait loop. DEFINE_WAIT_FUNC() allows an alternate wake function
to be specified; in this case, the predefined scheduler function,
woken_wake_function(). This wait construct ensures wakeups will
not be missed without requiring the wait loop to set the
task state before condition evaluation. How this works:
CPU 0 | CPU 1
|
| is <condition> set?
| no
set <condition> |
|
wake_up_interruptible |
woken_wake_function |
set WQ_FLAG_WOKEN |
try_to_wake_up |
| wait_woken
| set TASK_INTERRUPTIBLE
| WQ_FLAG_WOKEN? yes
| set TASK_RUNNING
|
| - loop -
|
| is <condition> set?
| yes - exit wait loop
Fixes "do not call blocking ops when !TASK_RUNNING" warnings
in l2cap_sock_accept(), rfcomm_sock_accept() and sco_sock_accept().
Signed-off-by: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch converts the Set Secure Connection HCI handling to use a HCI
request instead of using a hard-coded callback in hci_event.c. This e.g.
ensures that we don't clear the flags incorrectly if something goes
wrong with the power up process (not related to a mgmt Set SC command).
The code can also be simplified a bit since only one pending Set SC
command is allowed, i.e. mgmt_pending_foreach usage is not needed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Add Remote OOB Data mgmt command should allow data to be passed for
LE as well. This patch removes a left-over check for BDADDR_BREDR that
should not be there anymore.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Before doing any other verifications, the add_remote_oob_data function
should first check that the given address is valid. This patch adds such
a missing check to the beginning of the function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When BR/EDR is supported by a controller, then it is required to enable
Secure Simple Pairing first before enabling the Secure Connections
feature.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When a powered on dual-mode controller has been configured to operate
as LE only with secure connections, then the BR/EDR side of things can
not be switched back on. Do reconfigure the controller it first needs
to be powered down.
The secure connections feature is implemented in the BR/EDR controller
while for LE it is implemented in the host. So explicitly forbid such
a transaction to avoid inconsistent states.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The BR/EDR Secure Connections feature should only be enabled when the
Secure Simple Pairing mode has been enabled first. However since secure
connections is feature that is valid for BR/EDR and LE, this needs
special handling.
When enabling secure connections on a LE only configured controller,
thent the BR/EDR side should not be enabled in the controller. This
patches makes the BR/EDR Secure Connections feature depending on
enabling Secure Simple Pairing mode first.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Start Discovery was reporting 0 RSSI for invalid RSSI only for
BR/EDR devices. LE devices were reported with RSSI 127.
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.19+
Remove the function hci_conn_change_link_key() that is not used anywhere.
This was partially found by using a static code analysis program called
cppcheck.
Signed-off-by: Rickard Strandqvist <rickard_strandqvist@spectrumdigital.se>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the SMP channels have been already registered, then print out a
clear WARN_ON message that something went wrong. Also unregister the
existing channels in this case before trying to register new ones.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The comparing of chan->src should always be done against the local
identity address, represented by hcon->src and hcon->src_type. This
patch modifies l2cap_global_fixed_chan() to take the full hci_conn so
that we can easily compare against hcon->src and hcon->src_type.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The current bdaddr_type() usage in l2cap_core.c is a bit funny in that
it's always passed a hci_conn + a hci_conn member. Because of this only
the hci_conn is really needed. Since the second parameter is always
either hcon->src_type or hcon->dst type this patch adds two helper
functions for each purpose: bdaddr_src_type() and bdaddr_dst_type().
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When the controller gets powered on via the management interface, then
register the supported SMP channels. There is no point in registering
these channels earlier since it is not know what identity address the
controller is going to operate with.
When powering down a controller unregister all SMP channels. This is
required since a powered down controller is allowed to change its
identity address.
In addition the SMP channels are only available when the controller
is powered via the management interface. When using legacy ioctl, then
Bluetooth Low Energy is not supported and registering kernel side SMP
integration may actually cause confusion.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When LE features are not supported, then do not bother registering any
kind of SMP channel.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The source address and source address type of the LE SMP channel can
either be the public address of the controller or the static random
address configured by the host.
Right now the public address is used for the LE SMP channel and
obviously that is not correct if the controller operates with the
configured static random address.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
For dual-mode controllers it is possible to disable BR/EDR and operate
as LE single mode controllers with a static random address. If that is
the case, then refuse switching BR/EDR back on after the controller has
been powered.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The devices address types are BR/EDR Public, LE Public and LE Random and
any of these three is valid for L2CAP connections. So show the correct
type in the debugfs list.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Removing PSM setting debugfs interface as the IPSP has a well
defined PSM value that should be used.
The patch introduces enable flag that can be used to toggle
6lowpan on/off.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
According to the Bluetooth core specification valid identity addresses
are either Public Device Addresses or Static Random Addresses. IRKs
received with any other type of address should be discarded since we
cannot assume to know the permanent identity of the peer device.
This patch fixes a missing check for the Identity Address when receiving
the Identity Address Information SMP PDU.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.17+
Variable 'controller' is assigned a value that is never used.
Identified by cppcheck tool.
Signed-off-by: Gowtham Anandha Babu <gowtham.ab@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The duration variable for the selftests is unsigned long long and with
that use %llu instead of %lld when printing the results.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This moves the execution of Delete Stored Link Key command to the
hci_init4_req phase. No actual code has been changed. The command
is just executed at a later stage of the initialization.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the HCI Delete Stored Link Key command completes, then update the
value of current stored keys in hci_dev structure.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The information about max stored link keys and current stored link keys
should be read at controller initialization. So issue HCI Read Stored
Link Key command with BDADDR_ANY and read_all flag set to 0x01 to
retrieve this information.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the HCI Read Stored Link Keys command completes it gives useful
information of the current stored keys and maximum keys a controller
can actually store. So process this event and store these information
in hci_dev structure.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The send_monitor_event function is essentially the same as the newly
introduced queue_monitor_skb. So instead of having duplicated code,
replace send_monitor_event with queue_monitor_skb.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The hci_send_to_monitor function contains generic code for queueing the
packet into the receive queue of every monitor client. To avoid code
duplication, create a generic queue_monitor_skb function to interate
over all monitor sockets.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Within the monitor functionality, the global atomic variable called
monitor_promisc ensures that no memory allocation happend when there
is actually no client listening. This means it is safe to just create
a copy of the skb since it is guaranteed that at least one client
exists. No extra checks needed.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This adds an extra check for ensuring that the size of sockaddr_sco
does not grow larger than sockaddr.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This adds an extra check for ensuring that the size of sockaddr_rc
does not grow larger than sockaddr.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This adds an extra check for ensuring that the size of sockaddr_l2
does not grow larger than sockaddr.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This adds an extra check for ensuring that the size of sockaddr_hci
does not grow larger than sockaddr.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When hci_req_run() calls its provided complete function and one of the
HCI commands in the sequence fails, then provide the opcode of failing
command. In case of success HCI_OP_NOP is provided since all commands
completed.
This patch fixes the prototype of hci_req_complete_t and all its users.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The HCI_QUIRK_FIXUP_INQUIRY_MODE option allows to force Inquiry Result
with RSSI setting on controllers that do not indicate support for it,
but where it is known to be fully functional.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
There are some old Bluetooth modules from Silicon Wave and Broadcom
which support Inquiry Result with RSSI, but do not advertise it. The
core has quirks in the code to enable that inquiry mode. However as
it stands right now, that code is not even executed since entering
the function to determine which inquiry mode requires that the device
has the feature bit for Inquiry Result with RSSI set in the first
place. So this makes this dead code that hasn't work for a long
time.
In conclusion, just remove these extra quirks and simplify the setup
of the inquiry mode to be inline and with that a lot easier to read
and understand.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the Bluetooth controllers requires an unconfigured state (for
example when the BD_ADDR is missing), then it is important to try
to register the SMP channels when the controller transitions to the
configured state.
This also fixes an issue with the debugfs entires that are not present
for controllers that start out as unconfigured.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
One of the LE Secure Connections security credentials was still using
the BT_DBG instead of SMP_DBG.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The sc_only_mode debugfs entry is used to read the current state of the
Secure Connections Only mode. Before Bluetooth 4.2 this mode was only
for BR/EDR controllers and with that tight to the support Secure Simple
Pairing. Since Secure Connections is now available for BR/EDR and LE
this debugfs entry is no longer correctly place.
Move it to the common section and enable it when either BR/EDR Secure
Connections feature is supported or when the controller has LE support.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The force_sc_support debugfs option was introduced to easily work with
pre-production Bluetooth 4.1 silicon. This option is no longer needed
since controllers supporting BR/EDR Secure Connections feature are now
available.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The force_lesc_support debugfs option never really worked. It has a race
condition between creating the debugfs entry and registering the L2CAP
fixed channel for BR/EDR SMP support.
Also this has been replaced with a working force_bredr_smp debugfs
switch that developers can use now.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Testing cross-transport pairing that starts on BR/EDR is only valid when
using a controller with BR/EDR Secure Connections. Devices will indicate
this by providing BR/EDR SMP fixed channel over L2CAP. To allow testing
of this feature on Bluetooth 4.0 controller or controllers without the
BR/EDR Secure Connections features, introduce a force_bredr_smp debugfs
option that allows faking the required AES connection.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Johan Hedberg say:
====================
pull request: bluetooth-next 2014-12-31
Here's the first batch of bluetooth patches for 3.20.
- Cleanups & fixes to ieee802154 drivers
- Fix synchronization of mgmt commands with respective HCI commands
- Add self-tests for LE pairing crypto functionality
- Remove 'BlueFritz!' specific handling from core using a new quirk flag
- Public address configuration support for ath3012
- Refactor debugfs support into a dedicated file
- Initial support for LE Data Length Extension feature from Bluetooth 4.2
Please let me know if there are any issues pulling. Thanks.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
After successful completion of the ECDH test cases, print the time it
took to run them.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
After successful completion of the SMP test cases, print the time it
took to run them.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds SMP self-tests for the Secure Connections crypto
functions. The sample data has been taken from the core specification.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds self-tests for legacy SMP crypto functions. The sample
data has been taken from the core specification.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds the initial skeleton and kernel config option for SMP
self-tests.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds the test cases for ECDH cryptographic functionality
used by Bluetooth Low Energy Secure Connections feature.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This add support for the Bluetooth self testing framework that allows
running certain test cases of sample data to ensure correctness of its
basic functionality.
With this patch only the basic framework will be added. It contains
the build magic that allows running this at module loading time or
at late_initcall stage when built into the kernel image.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
These SMP crypto functions should have all their input parameters
declared as const. This patch fixes the parameters that were missing the
const declaration.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The AVM BlueFritz! USB controllers had a special handling in the
Bluetooth core when it comes to reading the supported commands.
Both drivers now set the HCI_QUIRK_BROKEN_LOCAL_COMMANDS and with
that it is no longer needed to look for vendor specific details.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When connectable mode is enabled (page scan on) through some non-mgmt
method the HCI_CONNECTABLE flag will not be set. For backwards
compatibility with user space versions not using mgmt we should not
require HCI_CONNECTABLE to be set if HCI_MGMT is not set.
Reported-by: Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Pali Rohár <pali.rohar@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.17+
When controllers set the HCI_QUIRK_INVALID_BDADDR flag, it is required
by userspace to program a valid public Bluetooth device address into
the controller before it can be used.
After successful address configuration, the internal state changes and
the controller runs the complete initialization procedure. However one
small difference is that this is no longer the HCI_SETUP stage. The
HCI_SETUP stage is only valid during initial controller setup. In this
case the stack runs the initialization as part of the HCI_CONFIG stage.
The controller version information, default name and supported commands
are only stored during HCI_SETUP. While these information are static,
they are not read initially when HCI_QUIRK_INVALID_BDADDR is set. So
when running in HCI_CONFIG state, these information need to be updated
as well.
This especially impacts Bluetooth 4.1 and later controllers using
extended feature pages and second event mask page.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.17+
The RFCOMM_PSM constant is actually a duplicate. So remove it and
use the L2CAP_PSM_RFCOMM constant instead.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
For every internal representation of a Bluetooth connection which is
identified by hci_conn, create a debugfs directory with the handle
number as directory name.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the controller supports the LE Data Length Extension feature, the
default and maximum data length are read and now stored.
For backwards compatibility all values are initialized to the data
length values from Bluetooth 4.1 and earlier specifications.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the controller supports the new LE Data Length Extension feature
from Bluetooth 4.2 specification, enable the new events and read the
values for default and maxmimum data length supported by the controller.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch moves the creation of the debugs files for LE controllers
into hci_debugfs.c file.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch moves the creation of the debugs files for BR/EDR controllers
into hci_debugfs.c file.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch moves the creation of the debugs files common for all
controllers into hci_debugfs.c file.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The debugfs file creation has been part of the core initialization
handling of controllers. With the introduction of Bluetooth 4.2 core
specification, the number of debugfs files is increasing even further.
To avoid cluttering the core controller handling, create a separate
file hci_debugfs.c to centralize all debugfs file creation. For now
leave the current files in the core, but in the future all debugfs
file creation will be moved.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Every BR/EDR/LE dual-mode controller requires to have a public address
and so far that has become the identity address and own address. The
only way to change that behavior was with a force_static_address
debugfs option.
However the host can actually disable the BR/EDR part of a dual-mode
controller and turn into a single mode LE controller. In that case
it makes perfect sense for a host to use a chosen static address
instead of the public address.
So if the host disables BR/EDR and configures a static address, then
that static address is used as identity address and own address. If
the host does not configure a static address, then the public address
is used as before.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This is a left-over from the patch that created hci_request.c. The
hci_update_page_scan functions should have been moved from hci_core.c
there.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The cmd_complete callbacks for pending mgmt commands may fail e.g. in
the case of memory allocation. Previously this error would be caught and
returned to user space in the form of a failed write on the mgmt socket
(when the error happened in the mgmt command handler) but with the
introduction of the generic cmd_complete callback this information was
lost. This patch returns the feature by making cmd_complete callbacks
return int instead of void.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch updates the Add Device mgmt command handler to use a
hci_request to wait for HCI command completion before notifying user
space of the mgmt command completion. To do this we need to add an extra
hci_request parameter to the hci_conn_params_set function. Since this
function has no other users besides mgmt.c it's moved there as a static
function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch updates the Remove Device mgmt command handler to use a
hci_request to wait for HCI command completion before notifying user
space of the mgmt command completion. This way we ensure that once the
mgmt command returns all HCI commands triggered by it have also
completed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Many places using hci_update_background_scan() try to synchronize
whatever they're doing with the help of hci_request callbacks. However,
since the hci_update_background_scan() function hasn't so far accepted a
hci_request pointer any commands triggered by it have been left out by
the synchronization. This patch modifies the API in a similar way as was
done for hci_update_page_scan, i.e. there's a variant that takes a
hci_request and another one that takes a hci_dev.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
... rather than relying on ciptool(8) never passing it anything else. Give
it e.g. an AF_UNIX connected socket (from socketpair(2)) and it'll oops,
trying to evaluate &l2cap_pi(sock->sk)->chan->dst...
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
it's OK after we'd verified the sockets, but not before that.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If we need to drop the message because of some error in the
compression etc, then do not free the skb as that is done
automatically in other part of networking stack.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
None of the hci_request related things in net/bluetooth/hci_core.h are
needed anywhere outside of the core bluetooth module. This patch creates
a new net/bluetooth/hci_request.c file with its corresponding h-file and
moves the functionality there from hci_core.c and hci_core.h.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To keep the parameter list and its semantics clear it makes sense to
split the hci_update_page_scan function into two separate functions: one
taking a hci_dev and another taking a hci_request. The one taking a
hci_dev constructs its own hci_request and then calls the other
function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The optimization for filtering out extended inquiry results, advertising
reports or scan response data based on provided UUID list has a logic
bug. In case no match is found in the advertising data, the scan
response is ignored and not checked against the filter. This will lead
to events being filtered wrongly.
Change the code to actually only drop the events when the scan response
data is not present. If it is present, it needs to be checked against
the provided filter.
The patch is a bit more complex than it needs to be. That is because
it also fixes this compiler warning that some gcc versions produce.
CC net/bluetooth/mgmt.o
net/bluetooth/mgmt.c: In function ‘mgmt_device_found’:
net/bluetooth/mgmt.c:7028:7: warning: ‘match’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
bool match;
^
It seems that gcc can not clearly figure out the context of the match
variable. So just change the branches for the extended inquiry response
and advertising data around so that it is clear.
Reported-by: Geert Uytterhoeven <geert@linux-m68k.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When an adapter is removed (hci_unregister_dev) any pending mgmt
commands for that adapter should get the appropriate INVALID_INDEX
response. Since hci_unregister_dev() calls hci_dev_do_close() first
that'd so far have caused "not powered" responses to be sent.
Skipping the HCI_UNREGISTER case in mgmt_powered() is also not a
solution since before reaching the mgmt_index_removed() stage any
hci_conn callbacks (e.g. used by pairing) will get called, thereby
causing "disconnected" status responses to be sent.
The fix that covers all scenarios is to handle both INVALID_INDEX and
NOT_POWERED responses through the mgmt_powered() function. The
INVALID_INDEX response sending from mgmt_index_removed() is left
untouched since there are a couple of places not related to powering off
or removing an adapter that call it (e.g. configuring a new bdaddr).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If we're in the AUTO_OFF stage the powered_update_hci() function is
responsible for doing the updates to the HCI state that were not done
during the actual mgmt command handlers. One of the updates needing done
is for BR/EDR SC support. This patch adds the missing HCI command for SC
support to the powered_update_hci() function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
1) New offloading infrastructure and example 'rocker' driver for
offloading of switching and routing to hardware.
This work was done by a large group of dedicated individuals, not
limited to: Scott Feldman, Jiri Pirko, Thomas Graf, John Fastabend,
Jamal Hadi Salim, Andy Gospodarek, Florian Fainelli, Roopa Prabhu
2) Start making the networking operate on IOV iterators instead of
modifying iov objects in-situ during transfers. Thanks to Al Viro
and Herbert Xu.
3) A set of new netlink interfaces for the TIPC stack, from Richard
Alpe.
4) Remove unnecessary looping during ipv6 routing lookups, from Martin
KaFai Lau.
5) Add PAUSE frame generation support to gianfar driver, from Matei
Pavaluca.
6) Allow for larger reordering levels in TCP, which are easily
achievable in the real world right now, from Eric Dumazet.
7) Add a variable of napi_schedule that doesn't need to disable cpu
interrupts, from Eric Dumazet.
8) Use a doubly linked list to optimize neigh_parms_release(), from
Nicolas Dichtel.
9) Various enhancements to the kernel BPF verifier, and allow eBPF
programs to actually be attached to sockets. From Alexei
Starovoitov.
10) Support TSO/LSO in sunvnet driver, from David L Stevens.
11) Allow controlling ECN usage via routing metrics, from Florian
Westphal.
12) Remote checksum offload, from Tom Herbert.
13) Add split-header receive, BQL, and xmit_more support to amd-xgbe
driver, from Thomas Lendacky.
14) Add MPLS support to openvswitch, from Simon Horman.
15) Support wildcard tunnel endpoints in ipv6 tunnels, from Steffen
Klassert.
16) Do gro flushes on a per-device basis using a timer, from Eric
Dumazet. This tries to resolve the conflicting goals between the
desired handling of bulk vs. RPC-like traffic.
17) Allow userspace to ask for the CPU upon what a packet was
received/steered, via SO_INCOMING_CPU. From Eric Dumazet.
18) Limit GSO packets to half the current congestion window, from Eric
Dumazet.
19) Add a generic helper so that all drivers set their RSS keys in a
consistent way, from Eric Dumazet.
20) Add xmit_more support to enic driver, from Govindarajulu
Varadarajan.
21) Add VLAN packet scheduler action, from Jiri Pirko.
22) Support configurable RSS hash functions via ethtool, from Eyal
Perry.
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1820 commits)
Fix race condition between vxlan_sock_add and vxlan_sock_release
net/macb: fix compilation warning for print_hex_dump() called with skb->mac_header
net/mlx4: Add support for A0 steering
net/mlx4: Refactor QUERY_PORT
net/mlx4_core: Add explicit error message when rule doesn't meet configuration
net/mlx4: Add A0 hybrid steering
net/mlx4: Add mlx4_bitmap zone allocator
net/mlx4: Add a check if there are too many reserved QPs
net/mlx4: Change QP allocation scheme
net/mlx4_core: Use tasklet for user-space CQ completion events
net/mlx4_core: Mask out host side virtualization features for guests
net/mlx4_en: Set csum level for encapsulated packets
be2net: Export tunnel offloads only when a VxLAN tunnel is created
gianfar: Fix dma check map error when DMA_API_DEBUG is enabled
cxgb4/csiostor: Don't use MASTER_MUST for fw_hello call
net: fec: only enable mdio interrupt before phy device link up
net: fec: clear all interrupt events to support i.MX6SX
net: fec: reset fep link status in suspend function
net: sock: fix access via invalid file descriptor
net: introduce helper macro for_each_cmsghdr
...
This patch moves the mgmt_powered() notification earlier in the
hci_dev_do_close() function. This way the correct "not powered" error
gets passed to any pending mgmt commands. Without the patch the pending
commands would instead get a misleading "disconnected" response when
powering down the adapter.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The pairing_complete() function is used as a pending mgmt command
cmd_complete callback. The expectation of such functions is that they
are not responsible themselves for calling mgmt_pending_remove(). This
patch fixes the incorrect mgmt_pending_remove() call in
pairing_complete() and adds it to the appropriate changes.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The pairing_complete() function relies on a hci_conn reference to be
able to access the hci_conn object. It should therefore only release
this reference once it's done accessing the object, i.e. at the end of
the function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Read Page Scan Activity and Read Page Scan Type commands are not
supported by all controllers. Move the execution of both commands
into the 3rd phase of the init procedure. And then check the bit
mask of supported commands before adding them to the init sequence.
With this re-ordering of the init sequence, the extra check for
AVM BlueFritz! controllers is no longer needed. They will report
that these two commands are not supported.
This fixes an issue with the Microsoft Corp. Wireless Transceiver
for Bluetooth 2.0 (ID 045e:009c).
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
mgmt_pending_remove() should be called with hci_dev_lock protection and
all hci_event.c functions which calls mgmt_complete() (which eventually
calls mgmt_pending_remove()) should hold the lock.
So this patch fixes the same
Signed-off-by: Jaganath Kanakkassery <jaganath.k@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
mgmt_pending_remove() should be called with hci_dev_lock protection
and currently the rule to take dev lock is that all mgmt req_complete
functions should take dev lock. So this patch fixes the same in the
missing functions
Without this patch there is a chance of invalid memory access while
accessing the mgmt_pending list like below
bluetoothd: 392] [0] Backtrace:
bluetoothd: 392] [0] [<c04ec770>] (pending_eir_or_class+0x0/0x68) from [<c04f1830>] (add_uuid+0x34/0x1c4)
bluetoothd: 392] [0] [<c04f17fc>] (add_uuid+0x0/0x1c4) from [<c04f3cc4>] (mgmt_control+0x204/0x274)
bluetoothd: 392] [0] [<c04f3ac0>] (mgmt_control+0x0/0x274) from [<c04f609c>] (hci_sock_sendmsg+0x80/0x308)
bluetoothd: 392] [0] [<c04f601c>] (hci_sock_sendmsg+0x0/0x308) from [<c03d4d68>] (sock_aio_write+0x144/0x174)
bluetoothd: 392] [0] r8:00000000 r7 7c1be90 r6 7c1be18 r5:00000017 r4 a90ea80
bluetoothd: 392] [0] [<c03d4c24>] (sock_aio_write+0x0/0x174) from [<c00e2d4c>] (do_sync_write+0xb0/0xe0)
bluetoothd: 392] [0] [<c00e2c9c>] (do_sync_write+0x0/0xe0) from [<c00e371c>] (vfs_write+0x134/0x13c)
bluetoothd: 392] [0] r8:00000000 r7 7c1bf70 r6:beeca5c8 r5:00000017 r4 7c05900
bluetoothd: 392] [0] [<c00e35e8>] (vfs_write+0x0/0x13c) from [<c00e3910>] (sys_write+0x44/0x70)
bluetoothd: 392] [0] r8:00000000 r7:00000004 r6:00000017 r5:beeca5c8 r4 7c05900
bluetoothd: 392] [0] [<c00e38cc>] (sys_write+0x0/0x70) from [<c000e3c0>] (ret_fast_syscall+0x0/0x30)
bluetoothd: 392] [0] r9 7c1a000 r8:c000e568 r6:400b5f10 r5:403896d8 r4:beeca604
bluetoothd: 392] [0] Code: e28cc00c e152000c 0a00000f e3a00001 (e1d210b8)
bluetoothd: 392] [0] ---[ end trace 67b6ac67435864c4 ]---
bluetoothd: 392] [0] Kernel panic - not syncing: Fatal exception
Signed-off-by: Jaganath Kanakkassery <jaganath.k@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless-next 2014-12-08
Please pull this last batch of pending wireless updates for the 3.19 tree...
For the wireless bits, Johannes says:
"This time I have Felix's no-status rate control work, which will allow
drivers to work better with rate control even if they don't have perfect
status reporting. In addition to this, a small hwsim fix from Patrik,
one of the regulatory patches from Arik, and a number of cleanups and
fixes I did myself.
Of note is a patch where I disable CFG80211_WEXT so that compatibility
is no longer selectable - this is intended as a wake-up call for anyone
who's still using it, and is still easily worked around (it's a one-line
patch) before we fully remove the code as well in the future."
For the Bluetooth bits, Johan says:
"Here's one more bluetooth-next pull request for 3.19:
- Minor cleanups for ieee802154 & mac802154
- Fix for the kernel warning with !TASK_RUNNING reported by Kirill A.
Shutemov
- Support for another ath3k device
- Fix for tracking link key based security level
- Device tree bindings for btmrvl + a state update fix
- Fix for wrong ACL flags on LE links"
And...
"In addition to the previous one this contains two more cleanups to
mac802154 as well as support for some new HCI features from the
Bluetooth 4.2 specification.
From the original request:
'Here's what should be the last bluetooth-next pull request for 3.19.
It's rather large but the majority of it is the Low Energy Secure
Connections feature that's part of the Bluetooth 4.2 specification. The
specification went public only this week so we couldn't publish the
corresponding code before that. The code itself can nevertheless be
considered fairly mature as it's been in development for over 6 months
and gone through several interoperability test events.
Besides LE SC the pull request contains an important fix for command
complete events for mgmt sockets which also fixes some leaks of hci_conn
objects when powering off or unplugging Bluetooth adapters.
A smaller feature that's part of the pull request is service discovery
support. This is like normal device discovery except that devices not
matching specific UUIDs or strong enough RSSI are filtered out.
Other changes that the pull request contains are firmware dump support
to the btmrvl driver, firmware download support for Broadcom BCM20702A0
variants, as well as some coding style cleanups in 6lowpan &
ieee802154/mac802154 code.'"
For the NFC bits, Samuel says:
"With this one we get:
- NFC digital improvements for DEP support: Chaining, NACK and ATN
support added.
- NCI improvements: Support for p2p target, SE IO operand addition,
SE operands extensions to support proprietary implementations, and
a few fixes.
- NFC HCI improvements: OPEN_PIPE and NOTIFY_ALL_CLEARED support,
and SE IO operand addition.
- A bunch of minor improvements and fixes for STMicro st21nfcb and
st21nfca"
For the iwlwifi bits, Emmanuel says:
"Major works are CSA and TDLS. On top of that I have a new
firmware API for scan and a few rate control improvements.
Johannes find a few tricks to improve our CPU utilization
and adds support for a new spin of 7265 called 7265D.
Along with this a few random things that don't stand out."
And...
"I deprecate here -8.ucode since -9 has been published long ago.
Along with that I have a new activity, we have now better
a infrastructure for firmware debugging. This will allow to
have configurable probes insides the firmware.
Luca continues his work on NetDetect, this feature is now
complete. All the rest is minor fixes here and there."
For the Atheros bits, Kalle says:
"Only ath10k changes this time and no major changes. Most visible are:
o new debugfs interface for runtime firmware debugging (Yanbo)
o fix shared WEP (Sujith)
o don't rebuild whenever kernel version changes (Johannes)
o lots of refactoring to make it easier to add new hw support (Michal)
There's also smaller fixes and improvements with no point of listing
here."
In addition, there are a few last minute updates to ath5k,
ath9k, brcmfmac, brcmsmac, mwifiex, rt2x00, rtlwifi, and wil6210.
Also included is a pull of the wireless tree to pick-up the fixes
originally included in "pull request: wireless 2014-12-03"...
Please let me know if there are problems!
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Just use copy_from_iter(). That's what this method is trying to do
in all cases, in a very convoluted fashion.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
Note that the code _using_ ->msg_iter at that point will be very
unhappy with anything other than unshifted iovec-backed iov_iter.
We still need to convert users to proper primitives.
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
it'll die soon enough - now that kvec-backed iov_iter works regardless
of set_fs(), both instances will become copy_from_iter() as soon as
we introduce ->msg_iter...
Signed-off-by: Al Viro <viro@zeniv.linux.org.uk>
net/bluetooth/smp.c:2650:9-16: WARNING: ERR_CAST can be used with tfm_aes
Use ERR_CAST inlined function instead of ERR_PTR(PTR_ERR(...))
Generated by: scripts/coccinelle/api/err_cast.cocci
Signed-off-by: Fengguang Wu <fengguang.wu@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When the host decides to use a non-resolvable private address, it
must ensure that this generated address does not match the public
address of the controller. Add an extra check to ensure this required
behavior.
In addition rename the variable from urpa to nrpa and fix all of the
comments in the code that use the term unresolvable instead of the
term non-resolvable as used in the Bluetooth specification.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The SMP over BR/EDR requests for cross-transport pairing should also
accepted when the debugfs setting force_lesc_support has been enabled.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The SMP over BR/EDR support for cross-transport pairing should also be
enabled when the debugfs setting force_lesc_support has been enabled.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the LE Read Local P-256 Public Key command is supported, then
enable its corresponding complete event. And when the LE Generate DHKey
command is supported, enable its corresponding complete event as well.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The new Extended Scanner Filter Policies feature has to be enabled by
selecting the correct filter policy for the scan parameters. This
patch does that when the controller has been enabled to use LE Privacy.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the controller sends a LE Direct Advertising Report event, the host
must confirm that the resolvable random address provided matches with
its own identity resolving key. If it does, then that advertising report
needs to be processed. If it does not match, the report needs to be
ignored.
This patch adds full support for handling these new reports and using
them for device discovery and connection handling. This means when a
Bluetooth controller supports the Extended Scanner Filter Policies, it
is possible to use directed advertising with LE privacy.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the controller supports the Extended Scanner Filter Policies, it
supports the LE Direct Advertising Report event. However by default
that event is blocked by the LE event mask. It is required to enable
it during controller setup.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When using Start Service Discovery and when background scanning is used
to report devices, the RSSI is reported or the value 127 is provided in
case RSSI in unavailable.
For Start Discovery the value 0 is reported to keep backwards
compatibility with the existing users.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When no RSSI value is available then make sure that the result is
filtered out when the RSSI threshold filter is active.
This means that all Bluetooth 1.1 or earlier devices will not
report any results when using a RSSI threshold filter.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The mgmt.c file already has a bluetooth_base_uuid variable which has the
exact same value as the reverse_base_uuid one. This patch removes the
redundant variable.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch fixes the Get Connection Information mgmt command to take
advantage of the new cmd_complete callback. This allows for great
simplifications in the logic for constructing the cmd_complete event.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When we create the hci_conn object we should properly initialize the
RSSI to HCI_RSSI_INVALID.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch converts the Get Clock Information mgmt command to take
advantage of the new cmd_complete callback for pending commands.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch converts the Start/Stop Discovery mgmt commands to use the
cmd_complete callback of struct pending_cmd. Since both of these
commands return the same parameters as they take as input we can use the
existing generic_cmd_complete() helper for this.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch updates the Unpair Device code to take advantage of the
cmd_complete callback of struct pending_cmd.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch converts the Pair Device mgmt command to use the new
cmd_complete callback for pending mgmt commands. The already existing
pairing_complete() function is exactly what's needed and doesn't need
changing.
In addition to getting the return parameters always right this patch
actually fixes a reference counting bug and memory leak with the
hci_conn that's attached to the pending mgmt command - something that
would occur when powering off or unplugging the adapter while pairing is
in progress.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch converts the user confirmation & PIN code mgmt commands to
take advantage of the new cmd_complete callback for pending mgmt
commands. The patch also adds a new generic addr_cmd_complete() helper
function to be used with commands that send a mgmt_addr_info response
based on a mgmt_addr_info in the beginning of the command parameters.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch converts the Disconnect mgmt command to take advantage of the
new cmd_complete callback that's part of the pending_cmd struct. There
are many commands whose response parameters map 1:1 to the command
parameters and Disconnect is one of them. This patch adds a
generic_cmd_complete() function for such commands that can be reused in
subsequent patches.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
As preparation for making generic cmd_complete responses possible we'll
need to track the parameter length in addition to just a pointer to
them. This patch adds the necessary variable to the pending_cmd struct.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We've got a couple of generic scenarios where all pending mgmt commands
are processed and responses are sent to them. These scenarios are
powering off the adapter and removing the adapter. So far the code has
been generating cmd_status responses with NOT_POWERED and INVALID_INDEX
resposes respectively, but this violates the mgmt specification for
commands that should always generate a cmd_complete.
This patch adds support for specifying a callback for the pending_cmd
context that each command handler can use for command-specific
cmd_complete event generation. The actual per-command event generators
will come in subsequent patches.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Currently the discovery filter information are only cleared when the
actual discovery procedure has been stopped. To make sure that none
of the filters interfere with the background scanning and its device
found event reporting, clear the filter before starting background
scanning.
This means that the discovery filter is now cleared before either
Start Discovery, Start Service Discovery or background scanning.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
In case of failure or when unplugging a controller, the allocated
memory for the UUID list of the discovery filter is not freed. Use
the newly introduced helper for reset the discovery filter and with
that also freeing existing memory.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The discovery filter allocates memory for its UUID list. So use
a helper function to free it and reset it to default states.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds support for the Start Service Discovery command. It
does all the checks for command parameters and configured the discovery
filter settings correctly. However the actual support for filtering
will be added with another patch.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Pawlowski <jpawlowski@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The previous patch provided the framework for integrating the UUID
filtering into the service discovery. This patch now provides the
actual filter logic.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Pawlowski <jpawlowski@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Using Start Service Discovery provides the option to specifiy a list
of UUID that are used to filter out device found events. This patch
provides the framework for hooking up the UUID filter.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Using Start Service Discovery allows to provide a RSSI threshold. This
patch implements support for filtering out device found events based
on the provided value.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
With the upcoming addition of support for Start Service Discovery, the
discovery handling needs to filter on RSSI and UUID values. For that
they need to be stored in the discovery handling. This patch adds the
appropiate fields and also make sure they are reset when discovery
has been stopped.
Signed-off-by: Jakub Pawlowski <jpawlowski@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The actual process of compiling the correct HCI commands for triggering
discovery is something that should be generic. So instead of mixing it
into the Start Discover operation handling, split it out into its own
function utilizing HCI request handling and just providing status in
case of errors or invalid parameters.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Sending the required cmd_complete for the management commands should be
done in one place and not in multiple places. Especially for Start and
Stop Discovery commands this is split into to sending it in case of
failure from the complete handler, but in case of success from the
event state update function triggering mgmt_discovering. This is way
too convoluted and since hci_request serializes the HCI command
processing, send the cmd_complete response from the complete handler
for all cases.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The Start Discovery command has some complicated code when it comes
to error handling. With the future introduction of Start Service
Discovery simplifying this makes it easier to read.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch increments the management interface revision due to the
addition of support for LE Secure Connection feature.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
With the addition of support for Bluetooth Low Energy Secure Connections
feature, it makes sense to increase the minor version of the Bluetooth
core module.
The module version is not used anywhere, but it gives a nice extra
hint for debugging purposes.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Some gcc versions don't seem to be able to properly track the flow of
the smp_cmd_pairing_random() function and end up causing the following
types of (false-positive) warnings:
smp.c:1995:6: warning: ‘nb’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
err = smp_g2(smp->tfm_cmac, pkax, pkbx, na, nb, &passkey);
smp.c:1995:6: warning: ‘na’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
err = smp_g2(smp->tfm_cmac, pkax, pkbx, na, nb, &passkey);
^
smp.c:1995:6: warning: ‘pkbx’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
err = smp_g2(smp->tfm_cmac, pkax, pkbx, na, nb, &passkey);
^
smp.c:1995:6: warning: ‘pkax’ may be used uninitialized in this function [-Wmaybe-uninitialized]
err = smp_g2(smp->tfm_cmac, pkax, pkbx, na, nb, &passkey);
This patch fixes the issue by moving the pkax/pkbx and na/nb
initialization earlier in the function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The convention for checking for NULL pointers is !ptr and not
ptr == NULL. This patch fixes such an occurrence in smp.c.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We need to keep debug keys around at least until the point that they are
used - otherwise e.g. slave role behavior wouldn't work as there'd be no
key to be looked up. The correct behavior should therefore be to return
any stored keys but when we clean up the SMP context to remove the key
from the hdev list if keeping debug keys around hasn't been requestsed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch organizes the various SMP crypto functions so that the LE SC
functions appear in one section and the legacy SMP functions in a
separate one.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Several SMP functions take read-only data. This patch fixes the
declaration of these parameters to use the const specifier as
appropriate.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The various inputs & outputs of the crypto functions as well as the
values of the ECDH keys can be considered security sensitive. They
should therefore not end up in dmesg by mistake. This patch introduces a
new SMP_DBG macro which requires explicit compilation with -DDEBUG to be
enabled. All crypto related data logs now use this macro instead of
BT_DBG.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds basic OOB pairing support when we've received the remote
OOB data. This includes tracking the remote r value (in smp->rr) as well
as doing the appropriate f4() call when needed. Previously the OOB rand
would have been stored in smp->rrnd however these are actually two
independent values so we need separate variables for them. Na/Nb in the
spec maps to smp->prnd/rrnd and ra/rb maps to smp->rr with smp->pr to
come once local OOB data is supported.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If we have OOB data available for the remote device in question we
should set the OOB flag appropriately in the SMP pairing request or
response.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds proper support for passing LE OOB data to the
hci_add_remote_oob_data() function. For LE the 192-bit values are not
valid and should therefore be passed as NULL values.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To be able to support OOB data for LE pairing we need to store the
address type of the remote device. This patch extends the relevant
functions and data types with a bdaddr_type variable.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There's no need to duplicate code for the 192 vs 192+256 variants of the
OOB data functions. This is also helpful to pave the way to support LE
SC OOB data where only 256 bit data is provided.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When Secure Connections-only mode is enabled we should reject any
pairing command that does not have Secure Connections set in the
authentication requirements. This patch adds the appropriate logic for
this to the command handlers of Pairing Request/Response and Security
Request.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When doing SMP over BR/EDR some of the routines can be shared with the
LE functionality whereas others needs to be split into their own BR/EDR
specific branches. This patch implements the split of BR/EDR specific
SMP code from the LE-only code, making sure SMP over BR/EDR works as
specified.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds the very basic code for creating and destroying SMP
L2CAP channels for BR/EDR connections.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To make it possible to use LE SC functionality over BR/EDR with pre-4.1
controllers (that do not support BR/EDR SC links) it's useful to be able
to force LE SC operations even over a traditional SSP protected link.
This patch adds a debugfs switch to force a special debug flag which is
used to skip the checks for BR/EDR SC support.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
For LE Secure Connections we want to trigger cross transport key
generation only if a new link key was actually created during the BR/EDR
connection. This patch adds a new flag to track this information.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The HCI_USE_DEBUG_KEYS flag is intended to force our side to always use
debug keys for pairing. This means both BR/EDR SSP as well as SMP with
LE Secure Connections. This patch updates the SMP code to use the debug
keys instead of generating a random local key pair when the flag is set.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since we don not actively try to clear the keypress notification bit we
might get these PDUs. To avoid failing the pairing process add a simple
dummy handler for these for now.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
According to the LE SC specification the initiating device sends its
DHKey check first and the non-initiating devices sends its DHKey check
as a response to this. It's also important that the non-initiating
device doesn't send the response if it's still waiting for user input.
In order to synchronize all this a new flag is added.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The passkey entry mechanism involves either both sides requesting the
user for a passkey, or one side requesting the passkey while the other
one displays it. The behavior as far as SMP PDUs are concerned are
considerably different from numeric comparison and therefore requires
several new functions to handle it.
In essence passkey entry involves both sides gradually committing to
each bit of the passkey which involves 20 rounds of pairing confirm and
pairing random PDUS being sent in both directions.
This patch adds a new smp->passkey_round variable to track the current
round of the passkey commitment and reuses the variables already present
in struct hci_conn for the passkey and entered key count.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We need to set the correct Link Key type based on the properties of the
LE SC pairing that it was derived from. If debug keys were used the type
should be a debug key, and the authenticated vs unauthenticated
information should be set on what kind of security level was reached.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If the just-works method was chosen we shouldn't send anything to user
space but simply proceed with sending the DHKey Check PDU. This patch
adds the necessary code for it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
After generating the LTK we should set the correct type (normal SC or
debug) and authentication information for it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
It is very unlikely, but to have a 100% guarantee of the generated key
type we need to reject any keys which happen to match the debug key.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We need to be able to detect if the remote side used a debug key for the
pairing. This patch adds the debug key defines and sets a flag to
indicate that a debug key was used. The debug private key (debug_sk) is
also added in this patch but will only be used in a subsequent patch
when local debug key support is implemented.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds code to select the authentication method for Secure
Connections based on the local and remote capabilities. A new
DSP_PASSKEY method is also added for displaying the passkey - something
that is not part of legacy SMP pairing.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
For Secure Connections we'll select the authentication method as soon as
we receive the public key, but only use it later (both when actually
triggering the method as well as when determining the quality of the
resulting LTK). Store the method therefore in the SMP context.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
As the last step of the LE SC pairing process it's time to generate and
distribute keys. The generation part is unique to LE SC and so this
patch adds a dedicated function for it. We also clear the distribution
bits for keys which are not distributed with LE SC, so that the code
shared with legacy SMP will not go ahead and try to distribute them.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Once we receive the DHKey check PDU it's time to first verify that the
value is correct and then proceed with encrypting the link.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
With LE SC, once the user has responded to the numeric comparison it's
time to send DHKey check values in both directions. The DHKey check
value is generated using new smp_f5 and smp_f6 cryptographic functions.
The smp_f5 function is responsible for generating the LTK and the MacKey
values whereas the smp_f6 function takes the MacKey as input and
generates the DHKey Check value.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
After the Pairing Confirm and Random PDUs have been exchanged in LE SC
it's time to generate a numeric comparison value using a new smp_g2
cryptographic function (which also builds on AES-CMAC). This patch adds
the smp_g2 implementation and updates the Pairing Random PDU handler to
proceed with the value genration and user confirmation.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When LE SC is being used we should always respond to it by sending our
local random number. This patch adds a convenience function for it which
also contains a check for the pre-requisite public key exchange
completion
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Once the public key exchange is complete the next step is for the
non-initiating device to send a SMP Pairing Confirm PDU to the
initiating device. This requires the use of a new smp_f4 confirm value
generation function which in turn builds on the AES-CMAC cryptographic
function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a handler function for the LE SC SMP Public Key PDU.
When we receive the key we proceed with generating the shared DHKey
value from the remote public key and local private key.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When the initial pairing request & response PDUs have been exchanged and
both have had the LE SC bit set the next step is to generate a ECDH
key pair and to send the public key to the remote side. This patch adds
basic support for generating the key pair and sending the public key
using the new Public Key SMP PDU. It is the initiating device that sends
the public key first and the non-initiating device responds by sending
its public key respectively (in a subsequent patch).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a simple ECC library that will act as a fundamental
building block for LE Secure Connections. The library has a simple API
consisting of two functions: one for generating a public/private key
pair and another one for generating a Diffie-Hellman key from a local
private key and a remote public key.
The code has been taken from https://github.com/kmackay/easy-ecc and
modified to conform with the kernel coding style.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Most of the LE Secure Connections SMP crypto functions build on top of
the AES-CMAC function. This patch adds access to AES-CMAC in the kernel
crypto subsystem by allocating a crypto_hash handle for it in a similar
way that we have one for AES-CBC.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Depending on whether Secure Connections is enabled or not we may need to add
the link key generation bit to the key distribution. This patch does the
necessary modifications to the build_pairing_cmd() function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that hci_find_ltk_by_addr is the only LTK lookup function there's no
need to keep the long name anymore. This patch shortens the function
name to simply hci_find_ltk.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that LTKs are always looked up based on bdaddr (with EDiv/Rand
checks done after a successful lookup) the hci_find_ltk function is not
needed anymore. This patch removes the function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
LTKs derived from Secure Connections based pairing are symmetric, i.e.
they should match both master and slave role. This patch updates the LTK
lookup functions to ignore the desired role when dealing with SC LTKs.
Furthermore, with Secure Connections the EDiv and Rand values are not
used and should always be set to zero. This patch updates the LTK lookup
to first use the bdaddr as key and then do the necessary verifications
of EDiv and Rand based on whether the found LTK is for SC or not.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since LE Secure Connections is a purely host-side feature we should
offer the Secure Connections mgmt setting for any adapter with LE
support. This patch updates the supported settings value and the
set_secure_conn command handler accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since the HCI_SC_ENABLED flag will also be used for controllers without
BR/EDR Secure Connections support whenever we need to check specifically
for SC for BR/EDR we also need to check that the controller actually
supports it. This patch adds a convenience macro for check all the
necessary conditions and converts the places in the code that need it to
use it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When the looked-up LTK is one generated by Secure Connections pairing
the security level it gives is BT_SECURITY_FIPS. This patch updates the
LTK request event handler to correctly set this level.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We need a dedicated LTK type for LTK resulting from a Secure Connections
based SMP pairing. This patch adds a new define for it and ensures that
both the New LTK event as well as the Load LTKs command supports it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch updates the functions which map the SMP authentication
request to a security level and vice-versa to take into account the
Secure Connections feature.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a new SMP flag for tracking whether Secure Connections
is in use and sets the flag when both remote and local side have elected
to use Secure Connections.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If we haven't enabled SC support on our side we should use the same mask
for the authentication requirement as we were using before SC support
was added, otherwise we should use the extended mask for SC.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds basic SMP defines for commands, error codes and PDU
definitions for the LE Secure Connections feature.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When we get a Link Key Notification HCI event we should already have a
hci_conn object. This should have been created either in the Connection
Request event handler, the hci_connect_acl() function or the
hci_cs_create_conn() function (if the request was not sent by the
kernel).
Since the only case that we'd end up not having a hci_conn in the Link
Key Notification event handler would be essentially broken hardware it's
safe to simply bail out from the function if this happens.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To pave the way for future fixed channels to be added easily we should
track both the local and remote mask on a per-L2CAP connection (struct
l2cap_conn) basis. So far the code has used a global variable in a racy
way which anyway needs fixing.
This patch renames the existing conn->fixed_chan_mask that tracked
the remote mask to conn->remote_fixed_chan and adds a new variable
conn->local_fixed_chan to track the local mask. Since the HS support
info is now available in the local mask we can remove the
conn->hs_enabled variable.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Bluetooth spec states that automatically flushable packets may not
be sent over a LE-U link.
Signed-off-by: Steven Walter <stevenrwalter@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless-next 2014-11-21
Please pull this batch of updates intended for the 3.19 stream...
For the mac80211 bits, Johannes says:
"It has been a while since my last pull request, so we accumulated
another relatively large set of changes:
* TDLS off-channel support set from Arik/Liad, with some support
patches I did
* custom regulatory fixes from Arik
* minstrel VHT fix (and a small optimisation) from Felix
* add back radiotap vendor namespace support (myself)
* random MAC address scanning for cfg80211/mac80211/hwsim (myself)
* CSA improvements (Luca)
* WoWLAN Net Detect (wake on network found) support (Luca)
* and lots of other smaller changes from many people"
For the Bluetooth bits, Johan says:
"Here's another set of patches for 3.19. Most of it is again fixes and
cleanups to ieee802154 related code from Alexander Aring. We've also got
better handling of hardware error events along with a proper API for HCI
drivers to notify the HCI core of such situations. There's also a minor
fix for mgmt events as well as a sparse warning fix. The code for
sending HCI commands synchronously also gets a fix where we might loose
the completion event in the case of very fast HW (particularly easily
reproducible with an emulated HCI device)."
And...
"Here's another bluetooth-next pull request for 3.19. We've got:
- Various fixes, cleanups and improvements to ieee802154/mac802154
- Support for a Broadcom BCM20702A1 variant
- Lots of lockdep fixes
- Fixed handling of LE CoC errors that should trigger SMP"
For the Atheros bits, Kalle says:
"One ath6kl patch and rest for ath10k, but nothing really major which
stands out. Most notable:
o fix resume (Bartosz)
o firmware restart is now faster and more reliable (Michal)
o it's now possible to test hardware restart functionality without
crashing the firmware using hw-restart parameter with
simulate_fw_crash debugfs file (Michal)"
On top of that...both ath9k and mwifiex get their usual level of
updates. Of note is the ath9k spectral scan work from Oleksij Rempel.
I also pulled from the wireless tree in order to avoid some merge issues.
Please let me know if there are problems!
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch converts the hdev->link_keys list to be protected through
RCU, thereby eliminating the need to hold the hdev lock while accessing
the list.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When a connection is requested the conn->pending_sec_level value gets
set to whatever level the user requested the connection to be. During
the pairing process there are various sanity checks to try to ensure
that the right length PIN or right IO Capability is used to satisfy the
target security level. However, when we finally get hold of the link key
that is to be used we should still set the actual final security level
from the key type.
This way when we eventually get an Encrypt Change event the correct
value gets copied to conn->sec_level.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In __hci_cmd_sync_ev() and __hci_req_sync() if the hci_req_run() call
fails and we return from the functions we should ensure that the state
doesn't remain in TASK_INTERRUPTIBLE that we just set it to. This patch
fixes missing calls to set_current_state(TASK_RUNNING) in both places.
Reported-by: Kirill A. Shutemov <kirill@shutemov.name>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Kirill A. Shutemov <kirill@shutemov.name>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Doing things like hci_conn_hash_flush() while holding the hdev lock is
risky since its synchronous pending work cancellation could cause the
L2CAP layer to try to reacquire the hdev lock. Right now there doesn't
seem to be any obvious places where this would for certain happen but
it's already enough to cause lockdep to start warning against the hdev
and the work struct locks being taken in the "wrong" order:
[ +0.000373] mgmt-tester/1603 is trying to acquire lock:
[ +0.000292] ((&conn->pending_rx_work)){+.+.+.}, at: [<c104266d>] flush_work+0x0/0x181
[ +0.000270]
but task is already holding lock:
[ +0.000000] (&hdev->lock){+.+.+.}, at: [<c13b9a80>] hci_dev_do_close+0x166/0x359
[ +0.000000]
which lock already depends on the new lock.
[ +0.000000]
the existing dependency chain (in reverse order) is:
[ +0.000000]
-> #1 (&hdev->lock){+.+.+.}:
[ +0.000000] [<c105ea8f>] lock_acquire+0xe3/0x156
[ +0.000000] [<c140c663>] mutex_lock_nested+0x54/0x375
[ +0.000000] [<c13d644b>] l2cap_recv_frame+0x293/0x1a9c
[ +0.000000] [<c13d7ca4>] process_pending_rx+0x50/0x5e
[ +0.000000] [<c1041a3f>] process_one_work+0x21c/0x436
[ +0.000000] [<c1041e3d>] worker_thread+0x1be/0x251
[ +0.000000] [<c1045a22>] kthread+0x94/0x99
[ +0.000000] [<c140f801>] ret_from_kernel_thread+0x21/0x30
[ +0.000000]
-> #0 ((&conn->pending_rx_work)){+.+.+.}:
[ +0.000000] [<c105e158>] __lock_acquire+0xa07/0xc89
[ +0.000000] [<c105ea8f>] lock_acquire+0xe3/0x156
[ +0.000000] [<c1042696>] flush_work+0x29/0x181
[ +0.000000] [<c1042864>] __cancel_work_timer+0x76/0x8f
[ +0.000000] [<c104288c>] cancel_work_sync+0xf/0x11
[ +0.000000] [<c13d4c18>] l2cap_conn_del+0x72/0x183
[ +0.000000] [<c13d8953>] l2cap_disconn_cfm+0x49/0x55
[ +0.000000] [<c13be37a>] hci_conn_hash_flush+0x7a/0xc3
[ +0.000000] [<c13b9af6>] hci_dev_do_close+0x1dc/0x359
[ +0.012038] [<c13bbe38>] hci_unregister_dev+0x6e/0x1a3
[ +0.000000] [<c12d33c1>] vhci_release+0x28/0x47
[ +0.000000] [<c10dd6a9>] __fput+0xd6/0x154
[ +0.000000] [<c10dd757>] ____fput+0xd/0xf
[ +0.000000] [<c1044bb2>] task_work_run+0x6b/0x8d
[ +0.000000] [<c1001bd2>] do_notify_resume+0x3c/0x3f
[ +0.000000] [<c140fa70>] work_notifysig+0x29/0x31
[ +0.000000]
other info that might help us debug this:
[ +0.000000] Possible unsafe locking scenario:
[ +0.000000] CPU0 CPU1
[ +0.000000] ---- ----
[ +0.000000] lock(&hdev->lock);
[ +0.000000] lock((&conn->pending_rx_work));
[ +0.000000] lock(&hdev->lock);
[ +0.000000] lock((&conn->pending_rx_work));
[ +0.000000]
*** DEADLOCK ***
Fully fixing this would require some quite heavy refactoring to change
how the hdev lock and hci_conn instances are handled together. A simpler
solution for now which this patch takes is to try ensure that the hdev
workqueue is empty before proceeding with the various cleanup calls,
including hci_conn_hash_flush().
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The common short form of "randomizer" is "rand" in many places
(including the Bluetooth specification). The shorter version also makes
for easier to read code with less forced line breaks. This patch renames
all occurences of "randomizer" to "rand" in the Bluetooth subsystem
code.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
For now the mgmt commands dealing with remote OOB data are strictly
BR/EDR-only. This patch fixes missing checks for the passed address type
so that any non-BR/EDR value triggers the appropriate error response.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When passed BDADDR_ANY the Remove Remote OOB Data comand is specified to
clear all entries. This patch adds the necessary check and calls
hci_remote_oob_data_clear() when necessary.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds some extra debug logs to L2CAP related code. These are
mainly to help track locking issues but will probably be useful for
debugging other types of issues as well.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that the SMP related key lists are converted to RCU there is nothing
in smp_cmd_sign_info() or smp_cmd_ident_addr_info() that would require
taking the hdev lock (including the smp_distribute_keys call). This
patch removes this unnecessary locking.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch set converts the hdev->identity_resolving_keys list to use
RCU to eliminate the need to use hci_dev_lock/unlock.
An additional change that must be done is to remove use of
CRYPTO_ALG_ASYNC for the hdev-specific AES crypto context. The reason is
that this context is used for matching RPAs and the loop that does the
matching is under the RCU read lock, i.e. is an atomic section which
cannot sleep.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch set converts the hdev->long_term_keys list to use RCU to
eliminate the need to use hci_dev_lock/unlock.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The insufficient authentication/encryption errors indicate to the L2CAP
client that it should try to elevate the security level. Since there
really isn't any exception to this rule it makes sense to fully handle
it on the kernel side instead of pushing the responsibility to user
space.
This patch adds special handling of these two error codes and calls
smp_conn_security() with the elevated security level if necessary.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
So far smp_sufficient_security() has returned false if we're encrypted
with an STK but do have an LTK available. However, for the sake of LE
CoC servers we do want to let the incoming connection through even
though we're only encrypted with the STK.
This patch adds a key preference parameter to smp_sufficient_security()
with two possible values (enum used instead of bool for readability).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
For LE CoC L2CAP servers we don't do security level elevation during the
BT_CONNECT2 state (instead LE CoC simply sends an immediate error
response if the security level isn't high enough). Therefore if we get a
security level change while an LE CoC channel is in the BT_CONNECT2
state we should simply do nothing.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Server channels in BT_LISTEN state should use L2CAP_NESTING_PARENT. This
patch fixes the nesting value for the 6lowpan channel.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There's no reason why all users of L2CAP would need to worry about
initializing chan->nesting to L2CAP_NESTING_NORMAL (which is important
since 0 is the same as NESTING_SMP). This patch moves the initialization
to the common place that's used to create all new channels, i.e. the
l2cap_chan_create() function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The teardown callback for L2CAP channels is problematic in that it is
explicitly called for all types of channels from l2cap_chan_del(),
meaning it's not possible to hard-code a nesting level when taking the
socket lock. The simplest way to have a correct nesting level for the
socket locking is to use the same value as for the chan. This also means
that the other places trying to lock parent sockets need to be update to
use the chan value (since L2CAP_NESTING_PARENT is defined as 2 whereas
SINGLE_DEPTH_NESTING has the value 1).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
By default lockdep considers all L2CAP channels equal. This would mean
that we get warnings if a channel is locked when another one's lock is
tried to be acquired in the same thread. This kind of inter-channel
locking dependencies exist in the form of parent-child channels as well
as any channel wishing to elevate the security by requesting procedures
on the SMP channel.
To eliminate the chance for these lockdep warnings we introduce a
nesting level for each channel and use that when acquiring the channel
lock. For now there exists the earlier mentioned three identified
categories: SMP, "normal" channels and parent channels (i.e. those in
BT_LISTEN state). The nesting level is defined as atomic_t since we need
access to it before the lock is actually acquired.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The mgmt_user_passkey_request and related functions do not do anything
else except read access to hdev->id. This member never changes after the
hdev creation so there is no need to acquire a lock to read it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Any code calling bt_accept_dequeue() to get a new child socket from a
server socket should use lock_sock_nested to avoid lockdep warnings due
to the parent and child sockets being locked at the same time. The
l2cap_sock_accept() function is already doing this correctly but a
second place calling bt_accept_dequeue() is the code path from
l2cap_sock_teardown_cb() that calls l2cap_sock_cleanup_listen().
This patch fixes the proper nested locking annotation and thereby avoids
the following style of lockdep warning.
[ +0.000224] [ INFO: possible recursive locking detected ]
[ +0.000222] 3.17.0+ #1153 Not tainted
[ +0.000130] ---------------------------------------------
[ +0.000227] l2cap-tester/562 is trying to acquire lock:
[ +0.000210] (sk_lock-AF_BLUETOOTH-BTPROTO_L2CAP){+.+...}, at: [<c1393f47>] bt_accept_dequeue+0x68/0x11b
[ +0.000467]
but task is already holding lock:
[ +0.000186] (sk_lock-AF_BLUETOOTH-BTPROTO_L2CAP){+.+...}, at: [<c13b949a>] lock_sock+0xa/0xc
[ +0.000421]
other info that might help us debug this:
[ +0.000199] Possible unsafe locking scenario:
[ +0.000117] CPU0
[ +0.000000] ----
[ +0.000000] lock(sk_lock-AF_BLUETOOTH-BTPROTO_L2CAP);
[ +0.000000] lock(sk_lock-AF_BLUETOOTH-BTPROTO_L2CAP);
[ +0.000000]
*** DEADLOCK ***
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When kfree() is all that's needed to free an object protected by RCU
there's a kfree_rcu() convenience function that can be used. This patch
updates the 6lowpan code to use this, thereby eliminating the need for
the separate peer_free() function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch fixes a regression that was introduced by commit
cb77c3ec07. In addition to BT_CONFIG,
BT_CONNECTED is also a state in which we may get a remote name and need
to indicate over mgmt the connection status. This scenario is
particularly likely to happen for incoming connections that do not need
authentication since there the hci_conn state will reach BT_CONNECTED
before the remote name is received.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This fixes the following sparse warning:
net/bluetooth/amp.c:152:53: warning: Variable length array is used.
The warning itself is probably harmless since this kind of usage of
shash_desc is present also in other places in the kernel (there's even a
convenience macro SHASH_DESC_ON_STACK available for defining such stack
variables). However, dynamically allocated versions are also used in
several places of the kernel (e.g. kernel/kexec.c and lib/digsig.c)
which have the benefit of not exhibiting the sparse warning.
Since there are no more sparse warnings in the Bluetooth subsystem after
fixing this one it is now easier to spot whenever new ones might get
introduced by future patches.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless-next 2014-11-07
Please pull this batch of updates intended for the 3.19 stream!
For the mac80211 bits, Johannes says:
"This relatively large batch of changes is comprised of the following:
* large mac80211-hwsim changes from Ben, Jukka and a bit myself
* OCB/WAVE/11p support from Rostislav on behalf of the Czech Technical
University in Prague and Volkswagen Group Research
* minstrel VHT work from Karl
* more CSA work from Luca
* WMM admission control support in mac80211 (myself)
* various smaller fixes, spelling corrections, and minor API additions"
For the Bluetooth bits, Johan says:
"Here's the first bluetooth-next pull request for 3.19. The vast majority
of patches are for ieee802154 from Alexander Aring with various fixes
and cleanups. There are also several LE/SMP fixes as well as improved
support for handling LE devices that have lost their pairing information
(the patches from Alfonso). Jukka provides a couple of stability fixes
for 6lowpan and Szymon conformance fixes for RFCOMM. For the HCI drivers
we have one new USB ID for an Acer controller as well as a reset
handling fix for H5."
For the Atheros bits, Kalle says:
"Major changes are:
o ethtool support (Ben)
o print dev string prefix with debug hex buffers dump (Michal)
o debugfs file to read calibration data from the firmware verification
purposes (me)
o fix fw_stats debugfs file, now results are more reliable (Michal)
o firmware crash counters via debugfs (Ben&me)
o various tracing points to debug firmware (Rajkumar)
o make it possible to provide firmware calibration data via a file (me)
And we have quite a lot of smaller fixes and clean up."
For the iwlwifi bits, Emmanuel says:
"The big new thing here is netdetect which allows the
firmware to wake up the platform when a specific network
is detected. Along with that I have fixes for d3 operation.
The usual amount of rate scaling stuff - we now support STBC.
The other commit that stands out is Johannes's work on
devcoredump. He basically starts to use the standard
infrastructure he built."
Along with that are the usual sort of updates and such for ath9k,
brcmfmac, wil6210, and a handful of other bits here and there...
Please let me know if there are problems!
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch reverts commit:
a7807d73 ("Bluetooth: 6lowpan: Avoid memory leak if memory allocation
fails")
which was wrong suggested by Alexander Aring. The function skb_unshare
run also kfree_skb on failure.
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.18.x
Currently we ensure that the skb is freed on every error path in IPHC
decompression which makes it easy to introduce skb leaks. By centralising
the skb_free into the receive function it makes future decompression routines
easier to maintain. It does come at the expense of ensuring that the skb
passed into the decompression routine must not be copied.
Signed-off-by: Martin Townsend <mtownsend1973@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Opcodes in switch/case in hci_cmd_status_evt are not sorted
by value. This patch restores proper ordering.
Signed-off-by: Kuba Pawlak <kubax.t.pawlak@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If role switch was rejected by the controller and HCI Event: Command Status
returned with status "Command Disallowed" (0x0C) the flag
HCI_CONN_RSWITCH_PEND remains set. No further role switches are
possible as this flag prevents us from sending any new HCI Switch Role
requests and the only way to clear it is to receive a valid
HCI Event Switch Role.
This patch clears the flag if command was rejected.
2013-01-01 00:03:44.209913 < HCI Command: Switch Role (0x02|0x000b) plen 7
bdaddr BC:C6:DB:C4:6F:79 role 0x00
Role: Master
2013-01-01 00:03:44.210867 > HCI Event: Command Status (0x0f) plen 4
Switch Role (0x02|0x000b) status 0x0c ncmd 1
Error: Command Disallowed
Signed-off-by: Kuba Pawlak <kubax.t.pawlak@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This encapsulates all of the skb_copy_datagram_iovec() callers
with call argument signature "skb, offset, msghdr->msg_iov, length".
When we move to iov_iters in the networking, the iov_iter object will
sit in the msghdr.
Having a helper like this means there will be less places to touch
during that transformation.
Based upon descriptions and patch from Al Viro.
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
This patch fixes the following sparse warnings in rfcomm/core.c:
net/bluetooth/rfcomm/core.c:391:16: warning: dubious: x | !y
net/bluetooth/rfcomm/core.c:546:24: warning: dubious: x | !y
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
rfcomm_run() is a tad broken in that is has a nested wait loop. One
cannot rely on p->state for the outer wait because the inner wait will
overwrite it.
Fix this using the new wait_woken() facility.
Signed-off-by: Peter Zijlstra (Intel) <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Peter Hurley <peter@hurleysoftware.com>
Cc: Alexander Holler <holler@ahsoftware.de>
Cc: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
Cc: Gustavo Padovan <gustavo@padovan.org>
Cc: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Cc: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@gmail.com>
Cc: Libor Pechacek <lpechacek@suse.cz>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Cc: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: Seung-Woo Kim <sw0312.kim@samsung.com>
Cc: Vignesh Raman <Vignesh_Raman@mentor.com>
Cc: linux-bluetooth@vger.kernel.org
Cc: netdev@vger.kernel.org
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
According to Management Interface API 'Start Discovery' command should
generate a Command Complete event on failure. Currently kernel is
sending Command Status on early errors. This results in userspace
ignoring such event due to invalid size.
bluetoothd[28499]: src/adapter.c:trigger_start_discovery()
bluetoothd[28499]: src/adapter.c:cancel_passive_scanning()
bluetoothd[28499]: src/adapter.c:start_discovery_timeout()
bluetoothd[28499]: src/adapter.c:start_discovery_complete() status 0x0a
bluetoothd[28499]: Wrong size of start discovery return parameters
Reported-by: Jukka Taimisto <jtt@codenomicon.com>
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The debufs entry for the BR/EDR whitelist is confusing since there is
a controller debugfs entry with the name white_list and both are two
different things.
With the BR/EDR whitelist, the actual interface in use is the device
list and thus just include all values from the internal BR/EDR whitelist
in the device_list debugfs entry.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Some Bluetooth drivers require to reset the upper stack. To avoid having
all drivers send HCI Hardware Error events, provide a generic function
to wrap the reset functionality.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The current kernel options do not make it clear which modules are for
Bluetooth Classic (BR/EDR) and which are for Bluetooth Low Energy (LE).
To make it really clear, introduce BT_BREDR and BT_LE options with
proper dependencies into the different modules. Both new options
default to y to not create a regression with previous kernel config
files.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the HCI_Hardware_Error event is send by the controller or
injected by the driver, then at least print an error message.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the HCI_Reset command returns, the status needs to be checked. It
is unlikely that HCI_Reset actually fails, but when it fails, it is a
bad idea to reset all values since the controller will have not reset
its values in that case.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
__hci_cmd_sync_ev(), __hci_req_sync() could miss wake_up_interrupt from
hci_req_sync_complete() because hci_cmd_work() workqueue and its response
could be completed before they are ready to get the signal through
add_wait_queue(), set_current_state(TASK_INTERRUPTIBLE).
Signed-off-by: Chan-yeol Park <chanyeol.park@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Kyungmin Park <kyungmin.park@samsung.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The internal representation of the LE white list needs to be cleared
when receiving a successful HCI_Reset command. A reset of the controller
is expected to start with an empty LE white list.
When the LE white list is not cleared on controller reset, the passive
background scanning might skip programming the remote devices. Only
changes to the LE white list are programmed when passive background
is started.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.17.x
This was accidentally changed from list_for_each_entry_safe() to
list_for_each_entry() so now it has a use after free bug. I've changed
it back.
Fixes: 9030582963 ('Bluetooth: 6lowpan: Converting rwlocks to use RCU')
Signed-off-by: Dan Carpenter <dan.carpenter@oracle.com>
Acked-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Use spin_lock_bh() as the code is called from softirq in networking subsystem.
This is needed to prevent deadlocks when 6lowpan link is in use.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
These days we allow simultaneous LE scanning and advertising. Checking
for whether advertising is enabled or not is therefore not a reliable
way to determine whether directed advertising was used to trigger the
connection creation. The appropriate place to check (instead of the hdev
context) is the connection role that's stored in the hci_conn. This
patch fixes such a check in le_conn_timeout() which could otherwise lead
to incorrect HCI commands being sent.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.16.x
The le_conn_timeout() may call hci_le_conn_failed() which in turn may
call hci_conn_del(). Trying to use the _sync variant for cancelling the
conn timeout from hci_conn_del() could therefore result in a deadlock.
This patch converts hci_conn_del() to use the non-sync variant so the
deadlock is not possible.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.16.x
When a device ndo_start_xmit() calls again dev_queue_xmit(),
lockdep can complain because dev_queue_xmit() is re-entered and the
spinlocks protecting tx queues share a common lockdep class.
Same issue was fixed for ieee802154 in commit "20e7c4e80dcd"
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The rwlocks are converted to use RCU. This helps performance as the
irq locks are not needed any more.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This reverts commits c6992e9ef2 and
4cd3362da8.
The reason for the revert is that we cannot have more than one module
initialization function and the SMP one breaks the build with modular
kernels. As the proper fix for this is right now looking non-trivial
it's better to simply revert the problematic patches in order to keep
the upstream tree compilable.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
As we have decouple decompression from data delivery we can now rename all
occurences of process_data in receive path.
Signed-off-by: Martin Townsend <mtownsend1973@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
As process_data now returns just error codes fix up the calls to this
function to only drop the skb if an error code is returned.
Signed-off-by: Martin Townsend <mtownsend1973@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Separating skb delivery from decompression ensures that we can support further
decompression schemes and removes the mixed return value of error codes with
NET_RX_FOO.
Signed-off-by: Martin Townsend <mtownsend1973@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds self-tests for the c1 and s1 crypto functions used for
SMP pairing. The data used is the sample data from the core
specification.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a basic skeleton for SMP self-tests. The tests are put
behind a new configuration option since running them will slow down the
boot process. For now there are no actual tests defined but those will
come in a subsequent patch.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In order to make unit testing possible we need to make the SMP crypto
functions only take the crypto context instead of the full SMP context
(the latter would require having hci_dev, hci_conn, l2cap_chan,
l2cap_conn, etc around). The drawback is that we no-longer get the
involved hdev in the debug logs, but this is really the only way to make
simple unit tests for the code.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
use clkoff_cp for hci_cp_read_clock_offset instead of cp
(already defined above).
Suggested-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In the error case where credits is greater than max_credits there
is a missing l2cap_chan_unlock before returning.
Signed-off-by: Martin Townsend <mtownsend1973@gmail.com>
Tested-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Currently there are potentially 2 skb_copy_expand calls in IPHC
decompression. This patch replaces this with one call to
skb_cow which will check to see if there is enough headroom
first to ensure it's only done if necessary and will handle
alignment issues for cache.
As skb_cow uses pskb_expand_head we ensure the skb isn't shared from
bluetooth and ieee802.15.4 code that use the IPHC decompression.
Signed-off-by: Martin Townsend <martin.townsend@xsilon.com>
Acked-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
netif_rx() only returns NET_RX_DROP and NET_RX_SUCCESS, not returns
negative value
Signed-off-by: Li RongQing <roy.qing.li@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Value returned by this macro might be used as bit value so it should
return either 0 or 1 to avoid possible bugs (similar to NSC bug)
when shifting it.
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
rfcomm_send_nsc expects CR to be either 0 or 1 since it is later
passed to __mcc_type macro and shitfed. Unfortunatelly CR extracted
from received frame type was not sanitized and shifted value was passed
resulting in bogus response.
Note: shifted value was also passed to other functions but was used
only in if satements so this bug appears only for NSC case.
The CR bit in the value octet shall be set to the same value
as the CR bit in the type field octet of the not supported command
frame but the CR bit for NCS response should be set to 0 since it is
always a response.
This was affecting TC_RFC_BV_25_C PTS qualification test.
Signed-off-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Systematically removing the LE connection parameters and autoconnect
action is inconvenient for rebonding without disconnecting from
userland (i.e. unpairing followed by repairing without
disconnecting). The parameters will be lost after unparing and
userland needs to take care of book-keeping them and re-adding them.
This patch allows userland to forget about parameter management when
rebonding without disconnecting. It defers clearing the connection
parameters when unparing without disconnecting, giving a chance of
keeping the parameters if a repairing happens before the connection is
closed.
Signed-off-by: Alfonso Acosta <fons@spotify.com>
Acked-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
NULL-checking conn->dev_class is pointless since the variable is
defined as an array, i.e. it will always be non-NULL.
Signed-off-by: Alfonso Acosta <fons@spotify.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
There are scenarios when autoconnecting to a device after the
reception of an ADV_IND report (action 0x02), in which userland
might want to examine the report's contents.
For instance, the Service Data might have changed and it would be
useful to know ahead of time before starting any GATT procedures.
Also, the ADV_IND may contain Manufacturer Specific data which would
be lost if not propagated to userland. In fact, this patch results
from the need to rebond with a device lacking persistent storage which
notifies about losing its LTK in ADV_IND reports.
This patch appends the ADV_IND report which triggered the
autoconnection to the EIR Data in the Device Connected event.
Signed-off-by: Alfonso Acosta <fons@spotify.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The values of a lot of the mgmt_device_connected() parameters come
straight from a hci_conn object. We can simplify the function by passing
the full hci_conn pointer to it.
Signed-off-by: Alfonso Acosta <fons@spotify.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
We did not return error if multicast packet transmit failed.
This might not be desired so return error also in this case.
If there are multiple 6lowpan devices where the multicast packet
is sent, then return error even if sending to only one of them fails.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Make sure that we are able to return EAGAIN from l2cap_chan_send()
even for multicast packets. The error code was ignored unncessarily.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
If skb_unshare() returns NULL, then we leak the original skb.
Solution is to use temp variable to hold the new skb.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The earlier multicast commit 36b3dd250d ("Bluetooth: 6lowpan:
Ensure header compression does not corrupt IPv6 header") lost one
skb free which then caused memory leak.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The L2CAP connection's channel list lock (conn->chan_lock) must never be
taken while already holding a channel lock (chan->lock) in order to
avoid lock-inversion and lockdep warnings. So far the l2cap_chan_connect
function has acquired the chan->lock early in the function and then
later called l2cap_chan_add(conn, chan) which will try to take the
conn->chan_lock. This violates the correct order of taking the locks and
may lead to the following type of lockdep warnings:
-> #1 (&conn->chan_lock){+.+...}:
[<c109324d>] lock_acquire+0x9d/0x140
[<c188459c>] mutex_lock_nested+0x6c/0x420
[<d0aab48e>] l2cap_chan_add+0x1e/0x40 [bluetooth]
[<d0aac618>] l2cap_chan_connect+0x348/0x8f0 [bluetooth]
[<d0cc9a91>] lowpan_control_write+0x221/0x2d0 [bluetooth_6lowpan]
-> #0 (&chan->lock){+.+.+.}:
[<c10928d8>] __lock_acquire+0x1a18/0x1d20
[<c109324d>] lock_acquire+0x9d/0x140
[<c188459c>] mutex_lock_nested+0x6c/0x420
[<d0ab05fd>] l2cap_connect_cfm+0x1dd/0x3f0 [bluetooth]
[<d0a909c4>] hci_le_meta_evt+0x11a4/0x1260 [bluetooth]
[<d0a910eb>] hci_event_packet+0x3ab/0x3120 [bluetooth]
[<d0a7cb08>] hci_rx_work+0x208/0x4a0 [bluetooth]
CPU0 CPU1
---- ----
lock(&conn->chan_lock);
lock(&chan->lock);
lock(&conn->chan_lock);
lock(&chan->lock);
Before calling l2cap_chan_add() the channel is not part of the
conn->chan_l list, and can therefore only be accessed by the L2CAP user
(such as l2cap_sock.c). We can therefore assume that it is the
responsibility of the user to handle mutual exclusion until this point
(which we can see is already true in l2cap_sock.c by it in many places
touching chan members without holding chan->lock).
Since the hci_conn and by exctension l2cap_conn creation in the
l2cap_chan_connect() function depend on chan details we cannot simply
add a mutex_lock(&conn->chan_lock) in the beginning of the function
(since the conn object doesn't yet exist there). What we can do however
is move the chan->lock taking later into the function where we already
have the conn object and can that way take conn->chan_lock first.
This patch implements the above strategy and does some other necessary
changes such as using __l2cap_chan_add() which assumes conn->chan_lock
is held, as well as adding a second needed label so the unlocking
happens as it should.
Reported-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Acked-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Set multicast support for 6lowpan network interface.
This is needed in every network interface that supports IPv6.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If skb is going to multiple destinations, then make sure that we
do not overwrite the common IPv6 headers. So before compressing
the IPv6 headers, we copy the skb and that is then sent to 6LoWPAN
Bluetooth devices.
This is a similar patch as what was done for IEEE 802.154 6LoWPAN
in commit f19f4f9525 ("ieee802154: 6lowpan: ensure header compression
does not corrupt ipv6 header")
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We need to make sure that the saved skb exists when
resuming or suspending a CoC channel. This can happen if
initial credits is 0 when channel is connected.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The sco_param_wideband table represents the eSCO parameters for
specifically mSBC encoding. This patch renames the table to the more
descriptive esco_param_msbc name.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
It is expected that new parameter combinations will have the
retransmission effort value different between some entries (mainly
because of the new S4 configuration added by HFP 1.7), so it makes sense
to move it into the table instead of having it hard coded based on the
selected SCO_AIRMODE_*.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The core specification defines valid values for the
HCI_Reject_Synchronous_Connection_Request command to be 0x0D-0x0F. So
far the code has been using HCI_ERROR_REMOTE_USER_TERM (0x13) which is
not a valid value and is therefore being rejected by some controllers:
> HCI Event: Connect Request (0x04) plen 10
bdaddr 40:6F:2A:6A:E5:E0 class 0x000000 type eSCO
< HCI Command: Reject Synchronous Connection (0x01|0x002a) plen 7
bdaddr 40:6F:2A:6A:E5:E0 reason 0x13
Reason: Remote User Terminated Connection
> HCI Event: Command Status (0x0f) plen 4
Reject Synchronous Connection (0x01|0x002a) status 0x12 ncmd 1
Error: Invalid HCI Command Parameters
This patch introduces a new define for a value from the valid range
(0x0d == Connection Rejected Due To Limited Resources) and uses it
instead for rejecting incoming connections.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
No caller or macro uses the return value so make all
the functions return void.
Signed-off-by: Joe Perches <joe@perches.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
SCO connection cannot be setup to devices that do not support retransmission.
Patch based on http://permalink.gmane.org/gmane.linux.bluez.kernel/7779 and
adapted for this kernel version.
Code changed to check SCO/eSCO type before setting retransmission effort
and max. latency. The purpose of the patch is to support older devices not
capable of eSCO.
Tested on Blackberry 655+ headset which does not support retransmission.
Credits go to Alexander Sommerhuber.
Signed-off-by: Bernhard Thaler <bernhard.thaler@r-it.at>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We can only determine the final security level when both pairing request
and response have been exchanged. When initiating pairing the starting
target security level is set to MEDIUM unless explicitly specified to be
HIGH, so that we can still perform pairing even if the remote doesn't
have MITM capabilities. However, once we've received the pairing
response we should re-consult the remote and local IO capabilities and
upgrade the target security level if necessary.
Without this patch the resulting Long Term Key will occasionally be
reported to be unauthenticated when it in reality is an authenticated
one.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
The hci_recv_fragment function is no longer used by any driver and thus
do not export it. In fact it is not even needed by the core and it can
be removed altogether.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The Bluetooth core already does processing of the HCI command header
and puts it together before sending it to the driver. It is not really
efficient for the driver to look at the HCI command header again in
case it has to make certain decisions about certain commands. To make
this easier, just provide the opcode as part of the SKB control buffer
information. The extra information about the opcode is optional and
only provided for HCI commands.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The struct bt_skb_cb size needs to stay within the limits of skb->cb
at all times and to ensure that add a BUILD_BUG_ON to check for it at
compile time.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The hci_update_random_address will clear the RPA_EXPIRED flag and
proceed with setting a new one if the flag was set. However, the
set_random_addr() function that is called may choose to defer the update
to a later moment. In such a case the flag would incorrectly remain
unset unless set_random_addr() re-sets it. This patch fixes the issue.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If encryption fails and we're using an RPA it may be because of a
conflict with another device. To avoid repeated failures the safest
action is to simply mark the RPA as expired so that a new one gets
generated as soon as the connection drops.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This is a trivial change to use a proper define for the NoInputNoOutput
IO capability instead of hard-coded values.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Even if we have no connection-oriented channels we should perform the
L2CAP Information Request procedures before notifying L2CAP channels of
the connection. This is so that the L2CAP channel implementations can
perform checks on what the remote side supports (e.g. does it support
the fixed channel in question).
So far the code has relied on the l2cap_do_start() function to initiate
the Information Request, however l2cap_do_start() is used on a
per-channel basis and only for connection-oriented channels. This means
that if there are no connection-oriented channels on the system we would
never start the Information Request procedure.
This patch creates a new l2cap_request_info() helper function to
initiate the Information Request procedure, and ensures that it is
called whenever a BR/EDR connection has been established. The patch also
updates fixed channels to be notified of connection readiness only once
the Information Request procedure has completed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There are several places that need to determine the security level that
an LTK can provide. This patch adds a convenience function for this to
help make the code more readable.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When the local IO capability is NoInputNoOutput any attempt to convert
the remote authentication requirement to a target security level is
futile. This patch makes sure that we set the target security level at
most to MEDIUM if the local IO capability is NoInputNoOutput.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
All the cases where we mark SMP commands as dissalowed are their
respective command handlers. We can therefore simplify the code by
always clearing the bit immediately after testing it. This patch
converts the corresponding test_bit() call to a test_and_clear_bit()
call and also removes the now unused SMP_DISALLOW_CMD macro.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The SMP specification states that we should ignore any unknown bits from
the authentication requirement. We already have a define for masking out
unknown bits but we haven't used it in all places so far. This patch
adds usage of the AUTH_REQ_MASK to all places that need it and ensures
that we don't pass unknown bits onward to other functions.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We do nothing else with the auth variable in smp_cmd_pairing_rsp()
besides passing it to tk_request() which in turn only cares about
whether one of the sides had the MITM bit set. It is therefore
unnecessary to assign a value to it until just before calling
tk_request(), and this value can simply be the bit-wise or of the local
and remote requirements.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If the remote side is not distributing its IRK but is distributing the
CSRK the next PDU after master identification is the Signing
Information. This patch fixes a missing SMP_ALLOW_CMD() for this in the
smp_cmd_master_ident() function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Packets that are supposed to be delivered via the peer device need to
be checked and sent to correct device. This requires that user has set
the routes properly so that the 6lowpan module can then figure out
the destination gateway and the correct Bluetooth device.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.17.x
The peer IPv6 address contained wrong U/L bit in the EUI-64 part.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.17.x
Use the default connection timeout value defined in l2cap.h because
the current timeout was too short and most of the time the connection
attempts timed out.
Signed-off-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.17.x
Whether through HCI with BR/EDR or SMP with LE when authentication fails
we should also notify any pending Pair Device mgmt command. This patch
updates the mgmt_auth_failed function to take the actual hci_conn object
and makes sure that any pending pairing command is notified and cleaned
up appropriately.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch fixes the following type of static analyzer warning (and
probably a real bug as well as the NULL check should be there for a
reason):
net/bluetooth/smp.c:1182 smp_conn_security() warn: variable dereferenced before check 'conn' (see line 1174)
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Replaced the use of a Variable Length Array In Struct (VLAIS) with a C99
compliant equivalent. This patch allocates the appropriate amount of memory
using an char array.
The new code can be compiled with both gcc and clang.
struct shash_desc contains a flexible array member member ctx declared with
CRYPTO_MINALIGN_ATTR, so sizeof(struct shash_desc) aligns the beginning
of the array declared after struct shash_desc with long long.
No trailing padding is required because it is not a struct type that can
be used in an array.
The CRYPTO_MINALIGN_ATTR is required so that desc is aligned with long long
as would be the case for a struct containing a member with
CRYPTO_MINALIGN_ATTR.
Signed-off-by: Behan Webster <behanw@converseincode.com>
Signed-off-by: Mark Charlebois <charlebm@gmail.com>
Signed-off-by: Jan-Simon Möller <dl9pf@gmx.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
SMP defines quite clearly when certain PDUs are to be expected/allowed
and when not, but doesn't have any explicit request/response definition.
So far the code has relied on each PDU handler to behave correctly if
receiving PDUs at an unexpected moment, however this requires many
different checks and is prone to errors.
This patch introduces a generic way to keep track of allowed PDUs and
thereby reduces the responsibility & load on individual command
handlers. The tracking is implemented using a simple bit-mask where each
opcode maps to its own bit. If the bit is set the corresponding PDU is
allow and if the bit is not set the PDU is not allowed.
As a simple example, when we send the Pairing Request we'd set the bit
for Pairing Response, and when we receive the Pairing Response we'd
clear the bit for Pairing Response.
Since the disallowed PDU rejection is now done in a single central place
we need to be a bit careful of which action makes most sense to all
cases. Previously some, such as Security Request, have been simply
ignored whereas others have caused an explicit disconnect.
The only PDU rejection action that keeps good interoperability and can
be used for all the applicable use cases is to drop the data. This may
raise some concerns of us now being more lenient for misbehaving (and
potentially malicious) devices, but the policy of simply dropping data
has been a successful one for many years e.g. in L2CAP (where this is
the *only* policy for such cases - we never request disconnection in
l2cap_core.c because of bad data). Furthermore, we cannot prevent
connected devices from creating the SMP context (through a Security or
Pairing Request), and once the context exists looking up the
corresponding bit for the received opcode and deciding to reject it is
essentially an equally lightweight operation as the kind of rejection
that l2cap_core.c already successfully does.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When we're in the process of receiving keys in phase 3 of SMP we keep
track of which keys are still expected in the smp->remote_key_dist
variable. If we still have some key bits set we need to continue waiting
for more PDUs and not needlessly call smp_distribute_keys(). This patch
fixes two such cases in the smp_cmd_master_ident() and
smp_cmd_ident_addr_info() handler functions.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds a define for the allowed bits of the key distribution
mask so we don't have to have magic 0x07 constants throughout the code.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Before the move the l2cap_chan the SMP context (smp_chan) didn't have
any kind of proper locking. The best there existed was the
HCI_CONN_LE_SMP_PEND flag which was used to enable mutual exclusion for
potential multiple creators of the SMP context.
Now that SMP has been converted to use the l2cap_chan infrastructure and
since the SMP context is directly mapped to a corresponding l2cap_chan
we get the SMP context locking essentially for free through the
l2cap_chan lock. For all callbacks that l2cap_core.c makes for each
channel implementation (smp.c in the case of SMP) the l2cap_chan lock is
held through l2cap_chan_lock(chan).
Since the calls from l2cap_core.c to smp.c are covered the only missing
piece to have the locking implemented properly is to ensure that the
lock is held for any other call path that may access the SMP context.
This means user responses through mgmt.c, requests to elevate the
security of a connection through hci_conn.c, as well as any deferred
work through workqueues.
This patch adds the necessary locking to all these other code paths that
try to access the SMP context. Since mutual exclusion for the l2cap_chan
access is now covered from all directions the patch also removes
unnecessary HCI_CONN_LE_SMP_PEND flag (once we've acquired the chan lock
we can simply check whether chan->smp is set to know if there's an SMP
context).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that the identity address update happens through its own deferred
work there's no need to have smp_distribute_keys anymore behind a second
deferred work. This patch removes this extra construction and makes the
code do direct calls to smp_distribute_keys() again.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The identity address update of all channels for an l2cap_conn needs to
take the lock for each channel, i.e. it's safest to do this by a
separate workqueue callback.
Previously this was partially solved by moving the entire SMP key
distribution behind a workqueue. However, if we want SMP context locking
to be correct and safe we should always use the l2cap_chan lock when
accessing it, meaning even smp_distribute_keys needs to take that lock
which would once again create a dead lock when updating the identity
address.
The simplest way to solve this is to have l2cap_conn manage the deferred
work which is what this patch does. A subsequent patch will remove the
now unnecessary SMP key distribution work struct.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When smp_resume_cb is called if we're not encrypted (i.e. the callback
wasn't called because the connection became encrypted) we shouldn't take
any action at all. This patch moves also the security_timer cancellation
behind this condition.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The SMP security timer used to be able to modify the SMP context state
but now days it simply calls hci_disconnect(). It is therefore
unnecessary to have extra sanity checks for the SMP context after
canceling the timer.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The "pending" L2CAP response value is not defined for LE CoC. This patch
adds a clarifying comment to the code so that the reader will not think
there is a bug in trying to use this value for LE CoC.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To give all hci_disconnect() users the advantage of getting the clock
offset read automatically this patch moves the necessary code from
hci_conn_timeout() into hci_disconnect(). This way we pretty much always
update the clock offset when disconnecting.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There's no reason to custom build the HCI_Disconnect command in the
Disconnect Device mgmt command handler. This patch updates the code to
use hci_disconnect() instead.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We'll soon use hci_disconnect() from places that are interested to know
whether the hci_send_cmd() really succeeded or not. This patch updates
hci_disconnect() to pass on any error returned from hci_send_cmd().
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Returning failure from the SMP data parsing function will cause an
immediate disconnect, making any attempts to send a response PDU futile.
This patch updates the function to always either send a response or
return an error, but never both at the same time:
* In the case that HCI_LE_ENABLED is not set we want to send a Pairing Not
Supported response but it is not required to force a disconnection, so
do not set the error return in this case.
* If we get garbage SMP data we can just fail with the handler function
instead of also trying to send an SMP Failure PDU.
* There's no reason to force a disconnection if we receive an unknown SMP
command. Instead simply send a proper Command Not Supported SMP
response.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that there are no more users of the l2cap_conn_shutdown API (since
smp.c switched to using hci_disconnect) we can simply remove it along
with all of it's l2cap_conn variables.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Relying on the l2cap_conn_del procedure (triggered through the
l2cap_conn_shutdown API) to get the connection disconnected is not
reliable as it depends on all users releasing (through hci_conn_drop)
and that there's at least one user (so hci_conn_drop is called at least
one time).
A much simpler and more reliable solution is to call hci_disconnect()
directly from the SMP code when we want to disconnect. One side-effect
this has is that it prevents any SMP Failure PDU from being sent before
the disconnection, however neither one of the scenarios where
l2cap_conn_shutdown was used really requires this.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When the l2cap_conn_del() function is used we do not want to wait around
"in case something happens" before disconnecting. This patch sets the
disconnection timeout to 0 so that the disconnection routines get
immediately scheduled.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We can't have hci_chan contribute to the "active" reference counting of
the hci_conn since otherwise the connection would never get dropped when
there are no more users (since hci_chan would be counted as a user).
This patch removes hold() when creating the hci_chan and drop() when
destroying it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When hci_chan_del is called the disconnection routines get scheduled
through a workqueue. If there's any incoming ACL data before the
routines get executed there's a chance that a new hci_chan is created
and the disconnection never happens. This patch adds a new hci_conn flag
to indicate that we're in the process of driving the connection down. We
set the flag in hci_chan_del and check for it in hci_chan_create so that
no new channels are created for the same connection.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The hci_chan_del() function is used in scenarios where we've decided we
want to get rid of the underlying baseband link. It makes therefore
sense to force the disc_timeout to 0 so that the disconnection routines
are immediately scheduled.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The hci_chan_del() function was doing a hci_conn_drop() but there was no
matching hci_conn_hold() in the hci_chan_create() function. Furthermore,
as the hci_chan struct holds a pointer to the hci_conn there should be
proper use of hci_conn_get/put. This patch fixes both issues so that
hci_chan does correct reference counting of the hci_conn object.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The necessary steps for freeing connection paramaters have grown quite a
bit so we can simplify the code by factoring it out into its own
function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Wherever we keep hci_conn pointers around we should be using
hci_conn_get/put to ensure that they stay valid. This patch fixes
all places violating against the principle currently.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
It's natural to have *_get() functions that increment the reference
count of an object to return the object type itself. This way it's
simple to make a copy of the object pointer and increase the reference
count in a single step. This patch updates two such get() functions,
namely hci_conn_get() and l2cap_conn_get(), and updates the users to
take advantage of the new API.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When we get an LE connection complete event there's really no reason to
look through the entire connection parameter list as the entry should be
present in the hdev->pend_le_conns list too. This patch changes the
lookup code to do a more restricted lookup only in the pend_le_conns
list.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In the hci_le_conn_complete_evt() function there's no need to set the
addr_type value until it's actually needed, i.e. for the black list
lookup. This patch moves the code a bit further down in the function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that SMP has been converted to use fixed channels we've got a bit of
a problem with the hci_conn reference counting. So far the L2CAP code
has kept a reference for each L2CAP channel that was notified of the
connection. With SMP however this would mean that the connection is
never dropped even though there are no other users of it. Furthermore,
SMP already does its own hci_conn reference counting internally,
starting from a security or pairing request and ending with the key
distribution.
This patch makes L2CAP fixed channels default to the L2CAP core not
keeping a hci_conn reference for them. A new FLAG_HOLD_HCI_CONN flag is
added so that L2CAP users can declare an exception to this rule and hold
a reference even for their fixed channels. One such exception is the
L2CAP socket layer which does want a reference for each socket (e.g. an
ATT socket which uses a fixed channel).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The l2cap_chan_add() function doesn't require the channel to be
unlocked. It only requires the l2cap_conn to be unlocked. Therefore,
it's unnecessary to unlock a channel before calling l2cap_chan_add().
This patch removes such unnecessary unlocking from the
l2cap_chan_connect() function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The l2cap_create_le_flowctl_pdu() function that l2cap_segment_le_sdu()
calls is perfectly capable of doing packet fragmentation if given bigger
PDUs than the HCI buffers allow. Forcing the PDU length based on the HCI
MTU (conn->mtu) would therefore needlessly strict operation on hardware
with limited LE buffers (e.g. both Intel and Broadcom seem to have this
set to just 27 bytes).
This patch removes the restriction and makes it possible to send PDUs of
the full length that the remote MPS value allows.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
Recently the LE passive scanning and auto-connections feature was
introduced. It uses the hci_connect_le() API which returns a hci_conn
along with a reference count to that object. All previous users would
tie this returned reference to some existing object, such as an L2CAP
channel, and there'd be no leaked references this way. For
auto-connections however the reference was returned but not stored
anywhere, leaving established connections with one higher reference
count than they should have.
Instead of playing special tricks with hci_conn_hold/drop this patch
associates the returned reference from hci_connect_le() with the object
that in practice does own this reference, i.e. the hci_conn_params
struct that caused us to initiate a connection in the first place. Once
the connection is established or fails to establish this reference is
removed appropriately.
One extra thing needed is to call hci_pend_le_actions_clear() before
calling hci_conn_hash_flush() so that the reference is cleared before
the hci_conn objects are fully removed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
I-Frame which is going to be resend already has FCS field added and set
(if it was required). Adding additional FCS field calculated from data +
old FCS in resend function is incorrect. This patch fix that.
Issue has been found during PTS testing.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Rymanowski <lukasz.rymanowski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There is no need to decrease pdu size with L2CAP SDU lenght in Start
L2CAP SDU frame. Start packtet is just 2 bytes longer as specified and
we can keep payload as long as possible.
When testing SAR L2CAP against PTS, L2CAP channel is usually configured
in that way, that SDU = MPS * 3. PTS expets then 3 I-Frames from IUT: Start,
Continuation and End frame.
Without this fix, we sent 4 I-Frames. We could pass a test by using -b
option in l2test and send just two bytes less than SDU length. With this
patch no need to use -b option.
Signed-off-by: Lukasz Rymanowski <lukasz.rymanowski@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There are no external users of smp_chan_destroy() so make it private to
smp.c. The patch also moves the function higher up in the c-file in
order to avoid forward declarations.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The smp_distribute_keys() function calls smp_notify_keys() which in turn
calls l2cap_conn_update_id_addr(). The l2cap_conn_update_id_addr()
function will iterate through all L2CAP channels for the respective
connection: lock the channel, update the address information and unlock
the channel.
Since SMP is now using l2cap_chan callbacks each callback is called with
the channel lock held. Therefore, calling l2cap_conn_update_id_addr()
would cause a deadlock calling l2cap_chan_lock() on the SMP channel.
This patch moves calling smp_distribute_keys() through a workqueue so
that it is never called from an L2CAP channel callback.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
All places needing to cancel the security timer also call
smp_chan_destroy() in the same go. To eliminate the need to do these two
calls in multiple places simply move the timer cancellation into
smp_chan_destroy().
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that there are no-longer any users for l2cap_conn->security_timer we
can go ahead and simply remove it. The patch makes initialization of the
conn->info_timer unconditional since it's better not to leave any
l2cap_conn data structures uninitialized no matter what the underlying
transport.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds an SMP-internal timeout callback to remove the depenency
on (the soon to be removed) l2cap_conn->security_timer. The behavior is
the same as with l2cap_conn->security_timer except that the new
l2cap_conn_shutdown() public function is used instead of the L2CAP core
internal l2cap_conn_del().
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In the case that the SMP recv callback returns error the calling code in
l2cap_core.c expects that it still owns the skb and will try to free it.
The SMP code should therefore not try to free the skb if it return an
error. This patch fixes such behavior in the SMP command handler
function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To restore pre-l2cap_chan functionality we should be trying to
disconnect the connection when receviving garbage SMP data (i.e. when
the SMP command handler fails). This patch renames the command handler
back to smp_sig_channel() and adds a smp_recv_cb() wrapper function for
calling it. If smp_sig_channel() fails the code calls
l2cap_conn_shutdown().
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since we no-longer do special handling of SMP within l2cap_core.c we
don't have any code for calling l2cap_conn_del() when smp.c doesn't like
the data it gets. At the same time we cannot simply export
l2cap_conn_del() since it will try to lock the channels it calls into
whereas we already hold the lock in the smp.c l2cap_chan callbacks (i.e.
it'd lead to a deadlock).
This patch adds a new l2cap_conn_shutdown() API which is very similar to
l2cap_conn_del() except that it defers the call to l2cap_conn_del()
through a workqueue, thereby making it safe to use it from an L2CAP
channel callback.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There's no need to export the smp_distribute_keys() function since the
resume callback is called in the same scenario. This patch makes the
smp_notify_keys function private (at the same time moving it higher up
in smp.c to avoid forward declarations) and adds a resume callback for
SMP to call it from there instead.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that we have all the necessary pieces in place we can fully convert
SMP to use the L2CAP channel infrastructure. This patch adds the
necessary callbacks and removes the now unneeded conn->smp_chan pointer.
One notable behavioral change in this patch comes from the following
code snippet:
- case L2CAP_CID_SMP:
- if (smp_sig_channel(conn, skb))
- l2cap_conn_del(conn->hcon, EACCES);
This piece of code was essentially forcing a disconnection if garbage
SMP data was received. The l2cap_conn_del() function is private to
l2cap_conn.c so we don't have access to it anymore when using the L2CAP
channel callbacks. Therefore, the behavior of the new code is simply to
return errors in the recv() callback (which is simply the old
smp_sig_channel()), but no disconnection will occur.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that we have per-adapter SMP data thanks to the root SMP L2CAP
channel we can take advantage of it and attach the AES crypto context
(only used for SMP) to it. This means that the smp_irk_matches() and
smp_generate_rpa() function can be converted to internally handle the
AES context.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch creates the initial SMP L2CAP channels and a skeleton for
their callbacks. There is one per-adapter channel created upon adapter
registration, and then one channel per-connection created through the
new_connection callback. The channels are registered with the reserved
CID 0x1f for now in order to not conflict with existing SMP
functionality. Once everything is in place the value can be changed to
what it should be, i.e. L2CAP_CID_SMP.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
As preparation for moving SMP to use l2cap_chan infrastructure we need
to move the (de)initialization functions to smp.c (where they'll
eventually need access to the local L2CAP channel callbacks).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
First of all, it's wasteful to initialize SMP if it's never going to be
used (e.g. on non-LE controllers). Second of all, when we move to use
l2cap_chan we need to know the real local address, meaning we must have
completed at least part of the HCI init. This patch moves the SMP
initialization to after the HCI init procedure and makes it depend on
whether the controller actually supports LE.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
As preparation for converting SMP to use the l2cap_chan infrastructure
refactor the (de)initialization into separate functions.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If the AES crypto has not been initialized properly we should cleanly
return from the hci_find_irk_by_rpa() function. Right now this will not
happen in practice, but once (in subsequent patches) SMP init is moved
to after the HCI init procedure it is possible that the pointer is NULL.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If the AES crypto context is not available we cannot generate new RPAs.
We should therefore cleanly return an error from the function
responsible for updating the random address.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The code is consistently using the HCI_CONN_LE_SMP_PEND flag check for
the existence of the SMP context, with the exception of this one place
in smp_sig_channel(). This patch converts the place to use the flag just
like all other instances.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
For most cases it makes no difference whether l2cap_le_conn_ready() is
called before or after calling the channel ready() callbacks, however
for upcoming SMP code we need this as the ready() callback initializes
certain structures that a call to smp_conn_security() from
l2cap_le_conn_ready() depends on. Therefore, move the call to
l2cap_le_conn_ready() after iterating through and notifying channels.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
L2CAP channel implementations may want to still access the chan->conn
pointer. This will particularly be the case for SMP that will want to
clear a reference to the SMP channel in the l2cap_conn structure. The
only user of the teardown callback so far is l2cap_sock.c and for the
code there it makes no difference whether the callback is called before
or after clearing the chan->conn pointer.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The l2cap_add_scid function is used for registering a fixed L2CAP
channel. Instead of having separate initialization of the channel type
and outgoing MTU in l2cap_sock.c it's more intuitive to do these things
in the l2cap_add_scid function itself (and thereby make the
functionality available to other users besides l2cap_sock.c).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that we've got the fixed channel infrastructure cleaned up in a
generic way there's no longer a need to have a dedicated function for
handling data on the ATT channel. Instead the generic
l2cap_data_channel() handler will be able to do the exact same thing.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When notifying global fixed channels of new connections it doesn't make
sense to consider channels meant for a different link type than the one
available. This patch adds an extra parameter to the
l2cap_global_fixed_chan() lookup function and ensures that only channels
matching the current hci_conn type are looked up.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In order to remove special handling of fixed L2CAP channels we need to
start creating them in a single place instead of having per-channel
exceptions. The most natural place is the l2cap_conn_cfm() function
which is called whenever there is a new baseband link.
The only really special case so far has been the ATT socket, so in order
not to break the code in between this patch removes the ATT special
handling at the same time as it adds the generic fixed channel handling
from l2cap_le_conn_ready() into the hci_conn_cfm() function. As a
related change the channel locking in l2cap_conn_ready() becomes simpler
and we can thereby move the smp_conn_security() call into the
l2cap_le_conn_ready() function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch is a simple refactoring of l2cap_connect_cfm to allow easier
extension of the function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
With the update to sk->resume() and __l2cap_no_conn_pending() we
no-longer need to have special handling of ATT channels in the
l2cap_security_cfm() function. The chan->sec_level update when
encryption has been enabled is safe to do for any kind of channel, and
the loop takes later care of calling chan->ready() or chan->resume() if
necessary.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The LE ATT socket uses a special trick where it temporarily sets
BT_CONFIG state for the duration of a security level elevation. In order
to not require special hacks for going back to BT_CONNECTED state in the
l2cap_core.c code the most reasonable place to resume the state is the
resume callback. This patch adds a new flag to track the pending
security level change and ensures that the state is set back to
BT_CONNECTED in the resume callback in case the flag is set.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The __l2cap_no_conn_pending() function would previously only return a
meaningful value for connection oriented channels and was therefore not
useful for anything else. As preparation of making the L2CAP code more
generic allow the function to be called for other channel types as well
by returning a meaningful value for them.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When looking up entries from the global L2CAP channel list there needs
to be a guarantee that other code doesn't go and remove the entry after
a channel has been returned by the lookup function. This patch makes
sure that the channel reference is incremented before the read lock is
released in the global channel lookup functions. The patch also adds the
corresponding l2cap_chan_put() calls once the channels pointers are
no-longer needed.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The new_connection L2CAP channel callback creates a new channel based on
the provided parent channel. The 6lowpan code was confusingly naming the
child channel "pchan" and the parent channel "chan". This patch swaps
the names.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In the smp_cmd_sign_info() function the SMP_DIST_SIGN bit is explicitly
cleared early on in the function. This means that there's no need to
check for it again before calling smp_distribute_keys().
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When we're not connectable and all whitelisted (BR/EDR) devices are
connected it doesn't make sense to keep page scan enabled. This patch
adds code to check for any disconnected whitelist devices and if there
are none take the appropriate action in the hci_update_page_scan()
function to disable page scan.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Similar to our hci_update_background_scan() function we can simplify a
lot of code by creating a unified helper function for doing page scan
updates. This patch adds such a function to hci_core.c and updates all
the relevant places to use it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There are several situations where we're interested in knowing whether
we're currently in the process of powering off an adapter. This patch
adds a convenience function for the purpose and makes it public since
we'll soon need to access it from hci_event.c as well.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Pull networking updates from David Miller:
"Highlights:
1) Steady transitioning of the BPF instructure to a generic spot so
all kernel subsystems can make use of it, from Alexei Starovoitov.
2) SFC driver supports busy polling, from Alexandre Rames.
3) Take advantage of hash table in UDP multicast delivery, from David
Held.
4) Lighten locking, in particular by getting rid of the LRU lists, in
inet frag handling. From Florian Westphal.
5) Add support for various RFC6458 control messages in SCTP, from
Geir Ola Vaagland.
6) Allow to filter bridge forwarding database dumps by device, from
Jamal Hadi Salim.
7) virtio-net also now supports busy polling, from Jason Wang.
8) Some low level optimization tweaks in pktgen from Jesper Dangaard
Brouer.
9) Add support for ipv6 address generation modes, so that userland
can have some input into the process. From Jiri Pirko.
10) Consolidate common TCP connection request code in ipv4 and ipv6,
from Octavian Purdila.
11) New ARP packet logger in netfilter, from Pablo Neira Ayuso.
12) Generic resizable RCU hash table, with intial users in netlink and
nftables. From Thomas Graf.
13) Maintain a name assignment type so that userspace can see where a
network device name came from (enumerated by kernel, assigned
explicitly by userspace, etc.) From Tom Gundersen.
14) Automatic flow label generation on transmit in ipv6, from Tom
Herbert.
15) New packet timestamping facilities from Willem de Bruijn, meant to
assist in measuring latencies going into/out-of the packet
scheduler, latency from TCP data transmission to ACK, etc"
* git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/davem/net-next: (1536 commits)
cxgb4 : Disable recursive mailbox commands when enabling vi
net: reduce USB network driver config options.
tg3: Modify tg3_tso_bug() to handle multiple TX rings
amd-xgbe: Perform phy connect/disconnect at dev open/stop
amd-xgbe: Use dma_set_mask_and_coherent to set DMA mask
net: sun4i-emac: fix memory leak on bad packet
sctp: fix possible seqlock seadlock in sctp_packet_transmit()
Revert "net: phy: Set the driver when registering an MDIO bus device"
cxgb4vf: Turn off SGE RX/TX Callback Timers and interrupts in PCI shutdown routine
team: Simplify return path of team_newlink
bridge: Update outdated comment on promiscuous mode
net-timestamp: ACK timestamp for bytestreams
net-timestamp: TCP timestamping
net-timestamp: SCHED timestamp on entering packet scheduler
net-timestamp: add key to disambiguate concurrent datagrams
net-timestamp: move timestamp flags out of sk_flags
net-timestamp: extend SCM_TIMESTAMPING ancillary data struct
cxgb4i : Move stray CPL definitions to cxgb4 driver
tcp: reduce spurious retransmits due to transient SACK reneging
qlcnic: Initialize dcbnl_ops before register_netdev
...
Conflicts:
net/6lowpan/iphc.c
Minor conflicts in iphc.c were changes overlapping with some
style cleanups.
John W. Linville says:
====================
Please pull this last(?) batch of wireless change intended for the
3.17 stream...
For the NFC bits, Samuel says:
"This is a rather quiet one, we have:
- A new driver from ST Microelectronics for their NCI ST21NFCB,
including device tree support.
- p2p support for the ST21NFCA driver
- A few fixes an enhancements for the NFC digital laye"
For the Atheros bits, Kalle says:
"Michal and Janusz did some important RX aggregation fixes, basically we
were missing RX reordering altogether. The 10.1 firmware doesn't support
Ad-Hoc mode and Michal fixed ath10k so that it doesn't advertise Ad-Hoc
support with that firmware. Also he implemented a workaround for a KVM
issue."
For the Bluetooth bits, Gustavo and Johan say:
"To quote Gustavo from his previous request:
'Some last minute fixes for -next. We have a fix for a use after free in
RFCOMM, another fix to an issue with ADV_DIRECT_IND and one for ADV_IND with
auto-connection handling. Last, we added support for reading the codec and
MWS setting for controllers that support these features.'
Additionally there are fixes to LE scanning, an update to conform to the 4.1
core specification as well as fixes for tracking the page scan state. All
of these fixes are important for 3.17."
And,
"We've got:
- 6lowpan fixes/cleanups
- A couple crash fixes, one for the Marvell HCI driver and another in LE SMP.
- Fix for an incorrect connected state check
- Fix for the bondable requirement during pairing (an issue which had
crept in because of using "pairable" when in fact the actual meaning
was "bondable" (these have different meanings in Bluetooth)"
Along with those are some late-breaking hardware support patches in
brcmfmac and b43 as well as a stray ath9k patch.
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
When we're not bondable we should never send any other SSP
authentication requirement besides one of the non-bonding ones.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This setting maps to the HCI_BONDABLE flag which tracks whether we're
bondable or not. Therefore, rename the mgmt setting and respective
command accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The HCI_PAIRABLE flag isn't actually controlling whether we're pairable
but whether we're bondable. Therefore, rename it accordingly.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The new leds bit handling produces this spares warning.
CHECK net/bluetooth/hidp/core.c
net/bluetooth/hidp/core.c:156:60: warning: dubious: x | !y
Just fix it by doing an explicit x << 0 shift operation.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Both BT_CONNECTED and BT_CONFIG state mean that we have a baseband link
available. We should therefore check for either of these when pairing
and deciding whether to call hci_conn_security() directly.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
John W. Linville says:
====================
pull request: wireless-next 2014-07-25
Please pull this batch of updates intended for the 3.17 stream!
For the mac80211 bits, Johannes says:
"We have a lot of TDLS patches, among them a fix that should make hwsim
tests happy again. The rest, this time, is mostly small fixes."
For the Bluetooth bits, Gustavo says:
"Some more patches for 3.17. The most important change here is the move of
the 6lowpan code to net/6lowpan. It has been agreed with Davem that this
change will go through the bluetooth tree. The rest are mostly clean up and
fixes."
and,
"Here follows some more patches for 3.17. These are mostly fixes to what
we've sent to you before for next merge window."
For the iwlwifi bits, Emmanuel says:
"I have the usual amount of BT Coex stuff. Arik continues to work
on TDLS and Ariej contributes a few things for HS2.0. I added a few
more things to the firmware debugging infrastructure. Eran fixes a
small bug - pretty normal content."
And for the Atheros bits, Kalle says:
"For ath6kl me and Jessica added support for ar6004 hw3.0, our latest
version of ar6004.
For ath10k Janusz added a printout so that it's easier to check what
ath10k kconfig options are enabled. He also added a debugfs file to
configure maximum amsdu and ampdu values. Also we had few fixes as
usual."
On top of that is the usual large batch of various driver updates --
brcmfmac, mwifiex, the TI drivers, and wil6210 all get some action.
Rafał has also been very busy with b43 and related updates.
Also, I pulled the wireless tree into this in order to resolve a
merge conflict...
P.S. The change to fs/compat_ioctl.c reflects a name change in a
Bluetooth header file...
====================
Signed-off-by: David S. Miller <davem@davemloft.net>
If we have entries in the whitelist we shouldn't disable page scanning
when disabling connectable mode. This patch adds the necessary check to
the Set Connectable command handler.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch fixes a typo in the hci_cc_write_scan_enable() function where
we want to clear the HCI_PSCAN flag if the SCAN_PAGE bit of the HCI
command parameter was not set.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
With the Bluetooth 4.1 specification the Simultaneous LE and BR/EDR
controller option has been deprecated. It shall be set to zero and
ignored otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Expose the default values for minimum and maximum LE advertising
interval via debugfs for testing purposes.
Signed-off-by: Georg Lukas <georg@op-co.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Store the default values for minimum and maximum advertising interval
with all the other controller defaults. These vaules are sent to the
adapter whenever advertising is (re)enabled.
Signed-off-by: Georg Lukas <georg@op-co.de>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Devices using resolvable private addresses are required to provide
an identity resolving key. These devices can not be found using
the current controller white list support. This means if the kernel
knows about any devices with an identity resolving key, the white
list filtering must be disabled.
However so far the kernel kept identity resolving keys around even
for devices that are not using resolvable private addresses. The
notification to userspace clearly hints to not store the key and
so it is best to just remove the key from the kernel as well at
that point.
With this it easy now to detect when using the white list is
possible or when kernel side resolving of addresses is required.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The Bluetooth controller can use a white list filter when scanning
to avoid waking up the host for devices that are of no interest.
Devices marked as reporting, direct connection (incoming) or general
connection are now added to the controller white list. The update of
the white list happens just before enabling passive scanning.
In case the white list is full and can not hold all devices, the
white list is not used and the filter policy set to accept all
advertisements.
Using the white list for scanning allows for power saving with
controllers that do not handle the duplicate filtering correctly.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When adding remote devices to the kernel using the Add Device management
command, these devices are explicitly allowed to connect. This kind of
incoming connections are possible even when the controller itself is
not connectable.
For BR/EDR this distinction is pretty simple since there is only one
type of incoming connections. With LE this is not that simple anymore
since there are ADV_IND and ADV_DIRECT_IND advertising events.
The ADV_DIRECT_IND advertising events are send for incoming (slave
initiated) connections only. And this is the only thing the kernel
should allow when adding devices using action 0x01. This meaning
of incoming connections is coming from BR/EDR and needs to be
mapped to LE the same way.
Supporting the auto-connection of devices using ADV_IND advertising
events is an important feature as well. However it does not map to
incoming connections. So introduce a new action 0x02 that allows
the kernel to connect to devices using ADV_DIRECT_IND and in addition
ADV_IND advertising reports.
This difference is represented by the new HCI_AUTO_CONN_DIRECT value
for only connecting to ADV_DIRECT_IND. For connection to ADV_IND and
ADV_DIRECT_IND the old value HCI_AUTO_CONN_ALWAYS is used.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Unconditionally connecting to devices sending ADV_DIRECT_IND when
the controller is in CONNECTABLE mode is a feature that is not
fully working. The background scanning trigger for this has been
removed, but the statement allowing it to happen in case some
other part triggers is still present. So remove that code part
as well to avoid unwanted connections.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
If the Bluetooth controller supports Get MWS Transport Layer
Configuration command, then issue it during initialization.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
If the Bluetooth controller supports Read Local Supported Codecs
command, then issue it during initialization so that the list of
codecs is known.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The commits 08c30aca9e "Bluetooth: Remove
RFCOMM session refcnt" and 8ff52f7d04
"Bluetooth: Return RFCOMM session ptrs to avoid freed session"
allow rfcomm_recv_ua and rfcomm_session_close to delete the session
(and free the corresponding socket) and propagate NULL session pointer
to the upper callers.
Additional fix is required to terminate the loop in rfcomm_process_rx
function to avoid use of freed 'sk' memory.
The issue is only reproducible with kernel option CONFIG_PAGE_POISONING
enabled making freed memory being changed and filled up with fixed char
value used to unmask use-after-free issues.
Signed-off-by: Vignesh Raman <Vignesh_Raman@mentor.com>
Signed-off-by: Vitaly Kuzmichev <Vitaly_Kuzmichev@mentor.com>
Acked-by: Dean Jenkins <Dean_Jenkins@mentor.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
It's safer practice to use sizeof(*ptr) instead of sizeof(ptr_type) when
allocating memory in case the type changes. This also fixes the
following style of warnings from static analyzers:
CHECK: Prefer kzalloc(sizeof(*ie)...) over kzalloc(sizeof(struct inquiry_entry)...)
+ ie = kzalloc(sizeof(struct inquiry_entry), GFP_KERNEL);
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The variable ret does not need to be assigned when declaring it. So
remove this initial assignment.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When HCI_CONNECTABLE is set the code has been enabling passive scanning
in order to be consistent with BR/EDR and accept connections from any
device doing directed advertising to us. However, some hardware
(particularly CSR) can get very noisy even when doing duplicates
filtering, making this feature waste resources.
Considering that the feature is for fairly corner-case use (devices
who'd use directed advertising would likely be in the whitelist anyway)
it's better to disable it for now. It may still be brought back later,
possibly with a better implementation (e.g. through improved scan
parameters).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The EOPNOTSUPP and ENOTSUPP errors are very similar in meaning, but
ENOTSUPP is a fairly new addition to POSIX. Not all libc versions know
about the value the kernel uses for ENOTSUPP so it's better to use
EOPNOTSUPP to ensure understandable error messages.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When we're not pairable we should still allow us to act as initiators
for pairing, i.e. the HCI_PAIRABLE flag should only be affecting
incoming pairing attempts. This patch fixes the relevant checks for the
hci_io_capa_request_evt() and hci_pin_code_request_evt() functions.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Even though our side requests authentication, the original action that
caused it may be remotely triggered, such as an incoming L2CAP or RFCOMM
connect request. To track this information introduce a new hci_conn flag
called HCI_CONN_AUTH_INITIATOR.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We're interested in whether an authentication request is because of a
remote or local action. So far hci_conn_security() has been used both
for incoming and outgoing actions (e.g. RFCOMM or L2CAP connect
requests) so without some modifications it cannot know which peer is
responsible for requesting authentication.
This patch adds a new "bool initiator" parameter to hci_conn_security()
to indicate which side is responsible for the request and updates the
current users to pass this information correspondingly.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When a new hci_conn object is created the remote SSP authentication
requirement is set to the invalid value 0xff to indicate that it is
unknown. Once pairing completes however the code was leaving it as-is.
In case a new pairing happens over the same connection it is important
that we reset the value back to unknown so that the pairing code doesn't
make false assumptions about the requirements.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If the current process is exiting, lingering on socket close will make
it unkillable, so we should avoid it.
Reproducer:
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <sys/socket.h>
#define BTPROTO_L2CAP 0
#define BTPROTO_SCO 2
#define BTPROTO_RFCOMM 3
int main()
{
int fd;
struct linger ling;
fd = socket(PF_BLUETOOTH, SOCK_STREAM, BTPROTO_RFCOMM);
//or: fd = socket(PF_BLUETOOTH, SOCK_DGRAM, BTPROTO_L2CAP);
//or: fd = socket(PF_BLUETOOTH, SOCK_SEQPACKET, BTPROTO_SCO);
ling.l_onoff = 1;
ling.l_linger = 1000000000;
setsockopt(fd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_LINGER, &ling, sizeof(ling));
return 0;
}
Signed-off-by: Vladimir Davydov <vdavydov@parallels.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org
If user space has a NoInputNoOutput IO capability it makes no sense to
bother it with confirmation requests. This patch updates both SSP and
SMP to check for the local IO capability before sending a user
confirmation request to user space.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Commit 6c53823ae0 reshuffled the way the
authentication requirement gets set in the hci_io_capa_request_evt()
function, but at the same time it failed to update an if-statement where
cp.authentication is used before it has been initialized. The correct
value the code should be looking for in this if-statement is
conn->auth_type.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.16
We should check the blacklist no matter what, meaning also when we're
not connectable. This patch fixes the respective logic in the function
making the decision whether to accept a connection or not.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The current "wait_on_bit" interface requires an 'action'
function to be provided which does the actual waiting.
There are over 20 such functions, many of them identical.
Most cases can be satisfied by one of just two functions, one
which uses io_schedule() and one which just uses schedule().
So:
Rename wait_on_bit and wait_on_bit_lock to
wait_on_bit_action and wait_on_bit_lock_action
to make it explicit that they need an action function.
Introduce new wait_on_bit{,_lock} and wait_on_bit{,_lock}_io
which are *not* given an action function but implicitly use
a standard one.
The decision to error-out if a signal is pending is now made
based on the 'mode' argument rather than being encoded in the action
function.
All instances of the old wait_on_bit and wait_on_bit_lock which
can use the new version have been changed accordingly and their
action functions have been discarded.
wait_on_bit{_lock} does not return any specific error code in the
event of a signal so the caller must check for non-zero and
interpolate their own error code as appropriate.
The wait_on_bit() call in __fscache_wait_on_invalidate() was
ambiguous as it specified TASK_UNINTERRUPTIBLE but used
fscache_wait_bit_interruptible as an action function.
David Howells confirms this should be uniformly
"uninterruptible"
The main remaining user of wait_on_bit{,_lock}_action is NFS
which needs to use a freezer-aware schedule() call.
A comment in fs/gfs2/glock.c notes that having multiple 'action'
functions is useful as they display differently in the 'wchan'
field of 'ps'. (and /proc/$PID/wchan).
As the new bit_wait{,_io} functions are tagged "__sched", they
will not show up at all, but something higher in the stack. So
the distinction will still be visible, only with different
function names (gds2_glock_wait versus gfs2_glock_dq_wait in the
gfs2/glock.c case).
Since first version of this patch (against 3.15) two new action
functions appeared, on in NFS and one in CIFS. CIFS also now
uses an action function that makes the same freezer aware
schedule call as NFS.
Signed-off-by: NeilBrown <neilb@suse.de>
Acked-by: David Howells <dhowells@redhat.com> (fscache, keys)
Acked-by: Steven Whitehouse <swhiteho@redhat.com> (gfs2)
Acked-by: Peter Zijlstra <peterz@infradead.org>
Cc: Oleg Nesterov <oleg@redhat.com>
Cc: Steve French <sfrench@samba.org>
Cc: Linus Torvalds <torvalds@linux-foundation.org>
Link: http://lkml.kernel.org/r/20140707051603.28027.72349.stgit@notabene.brown
Signed-off-by: Ingo Molnar <mingo@kernel.org>
When we have at least one LE slave connection most (probably all)
controllers will refuse to initiate any new connections. To avoid
unnecessary failures simply check for this situation up-front and skip
the connection attempt.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We need to be able to track slave vs master LE connections in
hci_conn_hash, and to be able to do that we need to know the role of the
connection by the time hci_conn_add_has() is called. This means in
practice the hci_conn_add() call that creates the hci_conn_object.
This patch adds a new role parameter to hci_conn_add() function to give
the object its initial role value, and updates the callers to pass the
appropriate role to it. Since the function now takes care of
initializing both conn->role and conn->out values we can remove some
other unnecessary assignments.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To make the code more understandable it makes sense to use the new HCI
defines for connection role instead of a "bool master" parameter. This
makes it immediately clear when looking at the function calls what the
last parameter is describing.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Having a dedicated u8 role variable in the hci_conn struct greatly
simplifies tracking of the role, since this is the native way that it's
represented on the HCI level.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
All HCI commands and events, including LE ones, use 0x00 for master role
and 0x01 for slave role. It makes therefore sense to add generic defines
for these instead of the current LE_CONN_ROLE_MASTER. Having clean
defines will also make it possible to provide simpler internal APIs.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The check for the blacklist in hci_le_conn_complete_evt() should be when
we know that we have an actual successful connection (ev->status being
non-zero). This patch fixes this ordering.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The params variable was just used for storing the return value from the
hci_pend_le_action_lookup() function and then checking whether it's NULL
or not. We can simplify the code by checking the return value directly.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch removes the null test on ctrl. ctrl is initialized at the
beginning of the function to &session->ctrl. Since session is
dereferenced prior to the null test, session must be a valid pointer,
and &session->ctrl cannot be null.
The following Coccinelle script is used for detecting the change:
@r@
expression e,f;
identifier g,y;
statement S1,S2;
@@
*e = &f->g
<+...
f->y
...+>
*if (e != NULL || ...)
S1 else S2
Signed-off-by: Himangi Saraogi <himangi774@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Julia Lawall <julia.lawall@lip6.fr>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In the case that the key distribution bits cause us not to generate a
local LTK we should not try to re-encrypt if we're currently encrypted
with an STK. This patch fixes the check for this in the
smp_sufficient_security function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The sco_chan_get helper function is only used in two places and really
only protects conn->sk with a lock. So instead of hiding that fact,
just put the actual code in place where it is used.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The spinlock protecting the L2CAP ident number can be converted into
a mutex since the whole processing is run in a workqueue. So instead
of using a spinlock, just use a mutex here.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The forward declaration of sco_chan_del is not needed and thus just
remove it. Move sco_chan_del into the proper location.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The forward declaration of __sco_chan_add is not needed and thus just
remove it. Move __sco_chan_add into the proper location.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The allocation of inquiry cache entries is triggered as a result of
processing HCI events. Since the processing is done in the context
of a workqueue, there is no needed to allocate with GFP_ATOMIC in
that case. Switch it to GFP_KERNEL.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The support for LE encryption is optional and with that also the
LE Long Term Key Request event. If encryption is not supported, then
do not bother enabling this event.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The support for LE encryption is optional. When encryption is not
supported then also do not enable the encryption related events.
This moves the event mask setting to the third initialization
stage to ensure that the LE features are available.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The Read LE Advertising Channel TX Power command is not mandatory for
a Bluetooth HCI controller only supporting receiption. Move the command
to the third stage of the controller initialization and only execute it
when support for it has been indicated.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch moves generic code which is used by bluetooth and ieee802154
6lowpan to a new net/6lowpan directory. This directory contains generic
6LoWPAN code which is shared between bluetooth and ieee802154 MAC-Layer.
This is the IPHC - "IPv6 Header Compression" format at the moment. Which
is described by RFC 6282 [0]. The BLTE 6LoWPAN draft describes that the
IPHC is the same format like IEEE 802.15.4, see [1].
Futuremore we can put more code into this directory which is shared
between BLTE and IEEE 802.15.4 6LoWPAN like RFC 6775 or the routing
protocol RPL RFC 6550.
To avoid naming conflicts I renamed 6lowpan-y to ieee802154_6lowpan-y
in net/ieee802154/Makefile.
[0] http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6282
[1] http://tools.ietf.org/html/draft-ietf-6lowpan-btle-12#section-3.2
[2] http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6775
[3] http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc6550
Signed-off-by: Alexander Aring <alex.aring@gmail.com>
Acked-by: Jukka Rissanen <jukka.rissanen@linux.intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When we need to make the decision whether to perform just-works or real
user confirmation we need to know the exact local authentication
requirement that was passed to the controller. So far conn->auth_type
(the local requirement) wasn't in one case updated appropriately in fear
of the user confirmation being rejected later.
The real problem however was not really that conn->auth_type couldn't
represent the true value but that we were checking the local MITM
requirement in an incorrect way. It's perfectly fine to let auth_type
follow what we tell the controller since we're still tracking the target
security level with conn->pending_sec_level.
This patch updates the check for local MITM requirement in the
hci_user_confirm_request_evt function to use the locally requested
security level and ensures that auth_type always represents what we tell
the controller. All other code in hci_user_confirm_request_evt still
uses the auth_type instead of pending_sec_level for determining whether
to do just-works or not, since that's the only value that's in sync with
what the remote device knows.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Tested-by: Szymon Janc <szymon.janc@tieto.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.16
There is no external user of the SCO timeout constants and thus
move them into net/bluetooth/sco.c where they are actuallu used.
In addition just remove SCO_CONN_IDLE_TIMEOUT since it is unused.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
There exists no external user of struct sco_conn and thus move
it into the one place that is actually using it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
There exists no external user of struct sco_pinfo and sco_pi and
thus move it into the one place that is actually using it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The list of L2CAP fixed channels increased with newer versions of the
specification. This just updates the constants for it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The internals of the HCI request framework should not be leaking to
its users. Move them all into net/bluetooth/hci_core.c and provide
a simple hci_req_pending helper function for the one user outside
the framework.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
There exists no external user of struct hci_pinfo and hci_pi and thus
move it into the one place that is actually using it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The hci_sec_filter socket filter details do not change. They are fixed
and with that they can also be delcared as const.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
There is only single location using struct hci_sec_filter and with
that there is no point in putting this declaration into a global
header file. So move it right next to its user and make the code
a lot more simpler.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the controller is brought up using legacy ioctl, the setting of
the HCI_PAIRABLE flag should happen then. Previously it was set during
enumeration and when retrieving device information.
This change also will not set the HCI_PAIRABLE flag when the controller
is used with the HCI User Channel operation.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
During the initial setup phase, the controller is powered on and will
be powered off again if it is not used within the auto-off timeout.
Userspace using ioctl does not know about the difference between the
initial setup phase and a controller being present. It is a bad idea
to keep the controller powered by just looking at the device list or
device information. Instead just tell userspace that the controller
is still down.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The Set Connectable/Discoverable mgmt handlers use a hci_request with a
proper callback to handle the HCI command sending. It makes therefore
little sense to have this extra function to be called from hci_event.c
for command failures.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since the HCISETSCAN ioctl is the only non-mgmt user we care about for
setting the right discoverable state we can simply do the necessary
updates in the ioctl handler function instead. This then allows the
removal of the mgmt_discoverable function and should simplify that state
handling considerably.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
With subsequent patches we'll also need to update the discoverable
state. As the code grows bigger it's better to move this out from the
switch statement into its own function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The mgmt_connectable function has been used to ensure that the right
actions to HCI_CONNECTABLE are taken when the HCI_Write_Scan_Enable
command is triggered by something else than mgmt. The only other user
that we really care about is the HCISETSCAN ioctl code, so we can
actually more simply perform the needed changes there instead.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The code for updating the HCI_CONNECTABLE flag was incorrectly using
test_and_set_bit instead of test_and_clear_bit when HCI_CONNECTABLE is
to be cleared.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If the remote device tries to initiate bonding with us and we don't have
HCI_PAIRABLE set we should just flat out reject the request. This brings
SMP in line with how the flag is used for BR/EDR SSP.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When we change the connectable state and have advertising enabled we
should update the advertising parameters no matter what. The code was
incorrectly only updating them if advertising was not already active.
This patch fixes the issue.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When the SMP context is created all flags default to zero. To determine
that we are the initiators it's therefore best to simply change the flag
value when we know we're sending the first SMP PDU. Clearing the flag
when receiving a Pairing Request is not correct since the request may be
a response to a previous Security Request from us (for which we would
already have correctly set the flag). Same goes for receiving a Security
Request which may be coming after us already starting pairing by sending
a Pairing Request.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Whether we bond or not should not have any impact on the user
interaction model. This patch removes an incorrect fall-back from
JUST_CFM to JUST_WORKS in case we're not bonding.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
For incoming requests we want to let the user know that pairing is
happening since otherwise there could be access to MEDIUM security
services without any user interaction at all. Therefore, set the
selected method to JUST_CFM instead of JUST_WORKS and let it be
converted back to JUST_WORKS later if we are the initators.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When ERTM support is disabled, then do not even send ERTM configuration
option even if the remote side supports it.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the white list is in use the code would not update the
HCI_CONNECTABLE flag if it gets changed through the ioctl code (e.g.
hciconfig hci0 pscan). Since the flag is important for properly
accepting incoming connections add code to fix it up if necessary and
emit a New Settings mgmt event.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for looking up entries in the white list when
HCI_CONNECTABLE is not set. The logic is fairly simple: if we're
connectable check the black list, if we're not connectable check the
white list.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Page scan should be enabled either if the connectable setting is set or
if there are any entries in the BR/EDR white list. This patch implements
such behavior by updating the two places that were making decisions on
whether to enable page scan or not.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The conditions for accepting an incoming connections are already
non-trivial and will become more so once a white list is added. This
patch breaks up the checks for when to reject the request by creating a
helper function for it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since page scan might be enabled by Add Device we should not implicitly
set connectable whenever something else than Set Connectable changes it.
This patch makes sure that we don't set HCI_CONNECTABLE for these cases
if there are any entries in the white list.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When we're removing the last item in the white list or adding the first
one to it and HCI_CONNECTABLE is not set we need to update the current
page scan. This patch adds a simple helper function for the purpose and
calls it from the respective mgmt command handlers.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch extends the Add/Remove device commands by letting user space
pass BR/EDR addresses to them. The resulting entries get stored in a new
hdev->whitelist list. The idea is that we can now selectively accept
connections from devices in the list even though HCI_CONNECTABLE is not
set (the actual implementation of this is coming in a subsequent patch).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We already have several lists with struct bdaddr_list entries, and there
will be more in the future. Since the operations for adding, removing,
looking up and clearing entries in these lists are exactly the same it
doesn't make sense to define new functions for every single list. This
patch unifies the functions by passing the list_head to them instead of
a hci_dev pointer.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Authenticated Payload Timeout Expired event is valid for
controllers with BR/EDR Secure Connections support, but also for
LE only controllers supporting LE Ping feature. When either of them
is available enable this event. Previous it was not enabled when
the controller was only supporting LE operation.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
All LE controllers always implicitly stop advertising when establishing
connections. Therefore, be sure to clear the flag in the event handler
for new LE connections.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If the connectable state change doesn't require any special HCI commands
the set_connectable_update_settings() function is used instead of the
set_connectable_complete() function. We must therefore make sure to call
hci_update_background_scan() there as well. This code path is used also
when we're powered off, but that's fine since hci_update_background_scan()
has the necessary checks for it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The connectable and discoverable mgmt settings are supported both for LE
and BR/EDR controllers so they do not belong behind a lmp_bredr_capable()
condition. This patch fixes the issue in get_supported_settings().
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If any of the HCI commands from the hci_stop_discovery function were
successfully sent we need to set the discovery state to STOPPING. The
Stop Discovery code was already handling this, but the code in
clean_up_hci_state was not. This patch updates the hci_stop_discovery to
return a bool to indicate whether it queued any commands and the
clean_up_hci_state() function respectively to look at the return value
and call hci_discovery_set_state() if necessary.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There are many different places that can disable LE scanning but we only
want to re-enable advertising in hci_cc_le_set_scan_enable() for a very
specific use case, which is when the active scanning part of Start
Discovery is complete. Because of this, fix the discovery state check to
test for the exact state.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Many controllers allow simultaneous active scanning and advertising
(e.g. Intel and Broadcom) but some do not (e.g. CSR). It's therefore
safest to implement mutual exclusion of these states in the kernel.
This patch ensures that the two states are never entered simultaneously.
Extra precaution needs to be taken for outgoing connection attempts in
slave role (i.e. through directed advertising) in which case the
operation that came first has precedence and the one that comes after
gets a rejection.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Most controllers do not support advertising while initiating an LE
connection. We also have to first disable current advertising if the
initiation is going to happen through direct advertising. Therefore,
simply stop advertising as the first thing when starting to issue
commands to establish an LE connection.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When deciding to call disable_advertising() we're interested in the real
state instead of the mgmt setting. Use therefore HCI_LE_ADV instead of
the HCI_ADVERTISING flag.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
By adding support for disabling advertising when necessary and doing the
checks for existing LE connections inside the enable_advertising
function we can simplify the calling code quite a lot.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that we have a flag for tracking the real advertising state we
should use that to determine whether it's safe to update the random
address or not. The couple of places that were clearing the flag due to
a pending request need to be updated too.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since the real advertising state is now tracked with its own flag we can
simply set/unset the HCI_ADVERTISING flag in the
set_advertising_complete function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Having a single HCI_ADVERTISING flag is problematic since it tries to
track both the real advertising state and the corresponding mgmt
setting. To make the logic simpler and more reliable add a new flag that
only tracks the actual advertising state that has been written to the
controller.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
For adapters that do not support LE and ones where LE hasn't been
enabled we shouldn't be trying to initiate background scanning. This
patch adds an extra check to the hci_update_background_scan() to ensure
that we bail out if HCI_LE_ENABLED is not set.
Since we do allow user space to feed the kernel with LE connection
parameters even when LE is not enabled we now need to also call
hci_update_background_scan() as soon as LE gets enabled so that scanning
gets started if necessary.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If we have both LE scanning and advertising simultaneously enabled we
need a way to tell hci_connect_le() in which role to initiate a
connection. This patch adds a new parameter to the function to give it
the necessary information. For auto-connect and mgmt_pair_device we
always use master role, whereas for L2CAP users (in practice sockets) we
use slave role whenever HCI_ADVERTISING is set and master role
otherwise.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The auth_type value which gets assigned to hci_conn->auth_type is
something that's only used for BR/EDR connections and is of no value for
LE connections. It makes therefore little sense to pass it to the
hci_connect_le() function. This patch removes the parameter from the
function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Enabling passive scanning always when we're connectable aligns us with
the BR/EDR page scanning. This is also consistent with the fact that the
code dealing with passive scanning results will actively try to connect
any direct advertising event when we're connectable.
This patch implements the feature by adding the connectable condition to
hci_update_background_scan() checks for starting scanning and by calling
hci_update_background_scan() whenever the connectable state changes.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If we have an active discovery going on we shouldn't do any changes to
LE scanning when hci_update_background_scan() is called (a call which
can happen for many different reasons). This patch fixes the issue by
returning from the function if the discovery state is anything else
except DISCOVERY_STOPPED.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In a subsequent patch the hci_update_background_scan() function will
depend on being able to know the current discovery state. For this to be
possible we need to set the new state early in the function. Since we
also need to check what the old state was this patch introduces an extra
variable for tracking it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since the only caller of this function doesn't care about the return
value anymore let's just remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that we have the process_adv_report() function doing the IRK lookup
and updating the bdaddr we don't need to do this anymore in mgmt.c in
the mgmt_device_found() function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If we have devices set as to be connected we should connect to them even
during normal discovery if we get a connectable advertising event. If we
also have HCI_CONNECTABLE set we should connect ADV_DIRECT_IND events
even to devices that we don't have in our pend_le_conns list. This patch
implements such behavior by passing the advertising report type to
check_pending_le_conn() and calls that function regardless of what type
of scanning we are doing.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The hdev->send driver callback is mandatory to be provided by a driver
before calling hci_register_dev. So enforce it and return EINVAL in
case it is not available.
All existing drivers are providing this callback anyway, so this is
just an extra sanity check.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The drivers are allowed to just return an error from hdev->send callback
and in that case the driver does not own the SKB. Which means that the
caller has to free the SKB.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When we get an LE connection complete event we should restart background
scanning if there are any devices needing it. So far the code was only
making the decision based on whether the completed connection had any
stored parameters or not. This patch ensures that we trigger background
scanning always when necessary.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When the driver sets HCI_QUIRK_RAW_DEVICE, the controller will be set
as unconfigured. However running the unconfigured init procecure is
not useful since raw-only devices are not allowed to change its
configuration. This change skips the init procedure and just allows
user channel operation for this device.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When we establish connections as a consequence of receiving an
advertising report it makes no sense to wait the normal 20 second LE
connection timeout. This patch modifies the hci_connect_le function to
take an extra timeout value and uses a lower 2 second timeout for the
auto-connection case. This timeout is intentionally chosen to be just a
bit higher than the 1.28 second timeout that High Duty Cycle Advertising
uses.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When an unconfigured controllers reaches the configured state, it is
important to change the HCI_RAW flag. It indicates to userspace that
the controller is fully operational.
External configuration allows to bring the controller back into an
unconfigured state. In that case make sure HCI_RAW flag is set again.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This adds support for changing the public device address. This feature
is required by controllers that do not provide a public address and
have HCI_QUIRK_INVALID_BDADDR set.
Even if a controller has a public device address, this is useful when
an embedded system wants to use its own value. As long as the driver
provides the set_bdaddr callback, this allows changing the device
address before powering on the controller.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the external configuration triggers the switch to a configured
controller, it means the setup needs to be run. Controllers that start
out unconfigured have only run limited set of HCI commands. This is
not enough for complete operation and thus run the setup procedure
before announcing the new controller index.
This introduces HCI_CONFIG flag as companion to HCI_SETUP flag. The
HCI_SETUP flag is only used once for the initial setup procedure. And
during that procedure hdev->setup driver callback is called. With the
new HCI_CONFIG the switch from unconfigured to configured state is
triggering the same setup procedure just without hdev->setup. This
is required since bringing a controller back to unconfigured state
from configured state is possible.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When calling Device Remove with BDADDR_ANY we should in a similar way
emit Device Removed events as we do when removing a single device. Since
we have to iterate the list and call device_removed() the dedicated
hci_conn_params_clear_enabled() is not really useful anymore. This patch
removes the helper function and does the event emission and list item
removal in a single loop.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
BR/EDR has the connection request and connection request rejection, but
LE doesn't have anything similar. We still request LE connections to
blocked devices to be disconnected but it's possible that ACL data slips
through before that. The check in l2cap_recv_frame really only needs to
be for LE and not BR/EDR because of this.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
During the setup phase of a controller, the Bluetooth address will be
read and to have that original address available for later use, store
it as setup address.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
For an unconfigured controller it is required to read at least the
local version information. If the set_bdaddr driver callback is
provideded, then also the local Bluetooth address will be read.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The HCI event callbacks have grown over the last years and some
functions handle status checking different than others. For the
simple ones, check the status at the beginning and exit if an
error with the HCI command occured.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When one or more of the missing configuration options change, then send
this even to all the other management interface clients.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Move the mgmt_event function higher up in the code so that no forward
declaration is needed.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The Set External Configuration management command allows for switching
between configured and unconfigured start if HCI_QURIK_EXTERNAL_CONFIG
is set by the transport driver.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
For the quirks that are allow to be set during setup callback, the
check needs to be modified so that they are applied even if no
setup callback provided by the driver.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When a controller requires external configuration, then setting this
quirk will allow indicating this.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Reading the controller configuration information is a valid management
command when the controller is unconfigured. Allow this command, but
return invalid index on all other commands.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When a Bluetooth controller does not have a valid public Bluetooth
address, then allow the driver to indicate this. If the quirk is
set, the Bluetooth core will switch to unconfigured state first
and will allow userspace to configure the address before starting
the full initialization of the controller.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
It's wasteful to use list_del_init (which re-initializes the list_head)
if we're just about to free the element and never use it again.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If a found device is marked as blocked while doing passive LE scanning,
neither report it nor try to connect to it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Instead of looking through the entire list of entries we can more
efficiently use the new hci_pend_le_action_lookup() function to look up
entries specifically in the pend_le_reports list. Since the search is
now limited to the right list we can also remove an unnecessary check
for list_empty() before the lookup.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In some circumstances we need to look up entries in pend_le_conns and in
other in pend_le_reports. This patch converts the existing lookup
function for pend_le_conns to something that can be used for both lists.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since there are no more users of this function we can simply go ahead
and remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This is the last place using hci_pend_le_conn_add() and we can more
just as simply manipulate the list directly here.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When powering off (hci_dev_do_close) we should clear both the
pend_le_reports and pend_le_conns types of entries. When powering on
respectively we should populate both lists. This patch converts the
hci_pend_le_conns_clear() function into hci_pend_le_actions_clear()
(which can now be static) and converts the restart_le_auto_conns()
function into restart_le_actions().
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that there are no-longer any users of the hci_pend_le_conn_del()
function we can simply go ahead and remove it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since params->action is used for both the pend_le_conns and
pend_le_reports lists we can simplify the adding and deleting of the
lists considerably. For example, when deleting entries in most
situations we no-longer need to check the auto_connect value but can
directly proceed with calling list_del_init on param->action (which is
safe even if the entry is not part of any list).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When hci_conn_params_set() is called if the new auto_connect value is
the same as the old one we don't need to take any action. Simply return
success from the function in this case.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that pend_le_connections is a list of hci_conn_params entries we can
simply remove items from that list as we iterate through the global list
of le_conn_params. This also moves the responsibility of calling
hci_update_background_scan() to the functions that were previously
calling hci_pend_le_conns_clear(). The only user that's left for
hci_pend_le_conns_clear() is hci_dev_do_close() which anyway does not
need to call hci_update_background_scan().
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To simplify manipulation and lookup of hci_conn_params entries of the
type HCI_AUTO_CONN_REPORT it makes sense to store them in their own
list. The new action list_head in hci_conn_params is used for this
purpose.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In preparation to store also HCI_AUTO_CONN_REPORT entries in a list it
makes sense to convert the existing pend_le_conn list head of
hci_conn_params into a more generically named "action". This makes sense
because a parameter entry will never participate in more than one action
list.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If we're doing passive scanning we shouldn't proceed with any of the
code that deals with active scanning (pending reports, etc.). This patch
fixes a missing return statement for the passive scanning section in the
process_adv_report() function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Read Controller Configuration Information command allows retrieving
details about possible configurations option. The supported options are
returned and also the missing options (if any).
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Since we only store entries with identity addresses in the
le_conn_params and pend_le_conns lists we can avoid unnecessary lookups
by checking for an identity address before diving into the lists
themselves.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If a device is in the pend_le_conns list it cannot at the same time also
have the need to be notified through mgmt_device_found. By making
check_pending_le_conn return whether it found an entry or not we can
avoid unnecessary checks in process_adv_report().
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since the connection parameters are always a basis for adding entries to
hdev->pend_le_conns (so far of type bdaddr_list) it's simpler and more
efficient to have the parameters themselves be the entries in the
pend_le_conns list. We do this by adding another list_head to the
hci_conn_params struct.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When processing passive scanning results we need the resolved identity
address both in check_pending_le_conn() as well as later in
process_adv_report(). Since process_adv_report() calls
check_pending_le_conn() we can simply resolve the IRK earlier in the
function and thereby eliminate a second lookup.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When calling Remove Device for an entry using HCI_AUTO_CONN_REPORT we
need to decrement the pend_le_reports value correspondingly. This patch
fixes one such missing action in the Remove Device command handler.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The handler for variable length commands were trying to calculate the
expected length of the command based on the given parameter count, and
then comparing that with the received data. However, the expected count
was stored in a u16 which can easily overflow. With a carefully crafted
command this can then be made to match the given data even though the
parameter count is actually way too big, resulting in a buffer overflow
when parsing the parameters.
This patch fixes the issue by calculating a per-command maximum
parameter count and returns INVALID_PARAMS if it is exceeded.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When we're scanning for specific devices that use an RPA we need to
convert the RPA to the identity address before looking up the entry in
the connection parameters. This patch adds the necessary code to do this
in the process_adv_report() function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If we have one or more devices with HCI_AUTO_CONN_REPORT we should do
background scanning and emit mgmt_device_found events. This patch
modifies the hci_update_background_scan() function to extend the
conditions needed to trigger scanning, and adds the necessary code to
process_adv_report() to emit mgmt_device_found events.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When the kernel is doing LE scanning because of one or more devices
added with action 0x00 through the Add Device command we do want to let
mgmt_device_found() to proceed with sending an event. This kind of
devices are tracked with hdev->pend_le_reports, so check this value
before bailing out from the function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To be able to make the right choice of whether to start passive scanning
or to send out a mgmt_device_found event we need to know if there are
any devices in the le_conn_params list with the auto_connect value set
to HCI_AUTO_CONN_REPORT. This patch adds a counter for this kind of
devices.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This command allows to get the list of currently known controller that
are in unconfigured state.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When a controller in an unconfigured state gets removed, then send
Unconfigured Index Removed events.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When a controller is in unconfigured state it is currently hidden
from the management interface. This change now announces the new
controller with an Unconfigured Index Added event and allows clients
to easily detect the controller.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
With the new unconfigured controller state it is possible to provide a
fully functional HCI transport, but disable the higher level operations
that would normally happen. This way userspace can try to configure the
controller before releases the unconfigured state.
The internal state is represented by HCI_UNCONFIGURED. This replaces the
HCI_QUIRK_RAW_DEVICE quirk as internal state representation. This is now
a real state and drivers can use the quirk to actually trigger this
state. In the future this will allow a more fine grained switching from
unconfigured state to configured state for controller inititialization.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
If we don't have an identity address for connection parameters it
doesn't really make sense to send them to user space. Instead just
ignore them for now. Later we can add support for sending them when we
eventually get the identity through pairing.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There are more places that can take advantage of is_identity_address()
besides hci_core.c. This patch moves the function to hci_core.h and
gives it the appropriate hci_ prefix.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The calling functions of mgmt_new_conn_param have more information about
the parameters, such as whether the kernel is tracking them or not. It
makes therefore sense to have them pass an initial store_hint value to
the mgmt_new_conn_param function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The caller of hci_le_conn_update is directly interested in knowing what
the best value is for the store_hint parameter of the corresponding
mgmt event. Since hci_le_conn_update knows whether there were stored
parameters that were updated or not we can have it return an initial
store_hint value to the caller.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We should update any stored connection parameters when we receive the LE
Remote Connection Parameter Request HCI event. This patch adds the
necessary code to the function that handles the event.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch implements the new Load Connection Parameters mgmt command
that's intended to load the desired connection parameters for LE
devices.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Remove Device mgmt command is supposed to undo what the Add Device
command does. An entry added by Add Device cannot have the
HCI_AUTO_CONN_DISABLED auto_connect value, so we should treat this as an
invalid entry to remove. This patch adds the necessary pieces to the
Remove Device command handler so that it only removes entries which were
added by Add Device.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The 0x00 action value of mgmt means "scan and report" but do not
connect. This is different from HCI_AUTO_CONN_DISABLED so we need a new
value for it.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
In some circumstances we'll need to either clear only the enabled
parameters or only the disabled ones. This patch adds convenience
functions for this purpose.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We'll soon have specific clear functions for clearing enabled or
disabled entries, so rename the function that removes everything to
clear_all().
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When allocating a new controller structure, then default to the internal
use value 0xffff first. Default to 0x0000 is a bad idea since that is
the manufacturer identifier of Ericsson Technology Licensing.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Unlike BR/EDR we cannot reject LE connections of blocked devices but
have to do it as soon as we get a LE Connection Complete event. The
patch adds a blacklist check to the hci_le_conn_complete_evt function
and drops all connections for blocked devices.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The ATT channel isn't the only one that we should ensure doesn't receive
data from blocked devices. SMP is another, and in general we don't want
data packets going to any of the various handlers. Therefore, add a
single check to the l2cap_recv_frame function.
The patch fixes at the same time the use of a correct address type. The
blacklist stores the values with the user space facing triple type
wheras hci_conn->dst_type uses the HCI address type (0x00 or 0x01).
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Some embedded controllers allow the programming of a public address
and this adds vendor support for supporting OEM confguration of such
addresses.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch introduces a new Mgmt event called "New Connection Parameter".
This event indicates to userspace the connection parameters values the
remote device requested.
The user may store these values and load them into kernel. This way, next
time a connection is established to that device, the kernel will use those
parameters values instead of the default ones.
This event is sent when the remote device requests new connection
parameters through connection parameter update procedure. This event is
not sent for slave connections.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Bluetooth 4.1 introduces a new LE meta event called "LE Remote
Connection Parameter Request" event. In order to the controller
sends this event to host, we should enable it during controller
initialization.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
During init2 phase, the LE local features have not be read yet so
we aren't able to rely on hdev->le_features to determine if the
controller supports the Connection Parameters Request Procedure.
For that reason, this patch moves LE event mask setting from init2
into init3 initialization phase.
The hdev->le_features mask will be checked by the next patch in order
to know if "LE Remote Connection Parameter Request Event" should be
enabled.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for LE Connection Parameters Request Link
Layer control procedure introduced in Core spec 4.1. This procedure
allows a Peripheral or Central to update the Link Layer connection
parameters of an established connection.
Regarding the acceptance of connection parameters, the LL procedure
follows the same approach of L2CAP procedure (see l2cap_conn_param_
update_req function). We accept any connection parameters values as
long as they are within the valid range.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
For the Block/Unblock Device mgmt commands we should only emit the
Blocked/Unblocked events on any socket except for the one which received
the command. The code was previously incorrectly trying to look up a
non-existent pending command and thereby ending up not skipping the
command socket for the event.
We can simplify the code a lot by simply sending the event directly from
the command handler functions. We have the reference to the command
socket available there which makes it easy to pass to the mgmt_event
function for skipping.
The only notable side-effect of this is that the old blacklisting
ioctl's no-longer cause mgmt events to be emitted, however as user space
versions using these ioctl's are not mgmt-aware this is acceptable.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The background scanning normally gets enabled during power on by
adding devices to the pending connection list. However devices
might be already on that list and the list of devices is empty,
then it is better to trigger the background manually.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When a new controller is initialized, but not powered from userspace
at the moment, the HCI_AUTO_OFF flag is still set. During this period,
userspace might program device for auto-connection, but never power
on the controller. In this case do not try to start background
scanning and leave it for later to be started.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
If we're encrypted with the STK we should allow re-encryption with an
LTK even though the achieved security level is the same. This patch adds
the necessary logic to the smp_sufficient_security function which is
used to determine whether to proceed with encryption or not.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There are certain subtle differences in behavior when we're encrypted
with the STK, such as allowing re-encryption even though the security
level stays the same. Because of this, add a flag to track whether we're
encrypted with an STK or not.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
If we're already encrypted with a good enough LTK we should just ignore
an incoming SMP Security Request. The code was already taking care of
this in the smp_conn_security function before calling smp_ltk_encrypt
but failed to do the same in smp_cmd_security_req. This patch fixes the
issue by moving up the smp_sufficient_security function and using it in
the Security Request handler before trying to request encryption.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The Device Found events of the management interface should indicate if
it is possible to connect to a remote device or if it is broadcaster
only advertising. To allow this differentation the Not Connectable flag
is introduced that will be set when it is known that a device can not
be connected.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Providing the flags parameter directly to mgmt_device_found function
makes the core simpler and more readable. With this it becomes a lot
easier to add new flags in the future.
This also changes hci_inquiry_cache_update to just return that flags
needed for mgmt_device_found since that is its only use for the two
return parameters anyway.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The advertising data and scan response data are merged in the wrong
order. It should be advertsing data first and then scan response data
and not the other way around.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Cc: stable@vger.kernel.org # 3.16
The connection interval parameter of hci_conn_params_set are always used
with the controller defaults. So just let hci_conn_params_add set the
controller default and not bother resetting them to controller defaults
every time the hci_conn_params_set is called.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The hci_conn_params_add function provides the default allocation of
connection parameters. To avoid code duplication, use that code from
hci_conn_params_set to allocate or lookup parameter struct.
As a benefit the connection latency and supervision timeout parameters
are no longer reset to default when calling hci_conn_params_set.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When adding new connection parameters, it is useful to return either
the existing struct or the newly created one.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The return value of smp_ltk_encrypt is simple boolean, so just use
bool and make the code a bit more readable.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This is to support the Motorola HF850 carkit which reports the error
code 0x10 for an eSCO attempt, even though it advertises eSCO support.
With this patch we will retry with a SCO connection, which succeeds.
Signed-off-by: Nick Pelly <npelly@google.com>
Signed-off-by: Kiran Kumar Raparthy <kiran.kumar@linaro.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We have all the necessary remote information for getpeername() when we
are in the BT_CONFIG state so this should be allowed. This is
particularly important for LE sockets where changing the security level
will temporarily move the socket into BT_CONFIG state.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
bt_seq_ops is only used with __seq_open_private as
const struct seq_operations *
Signed-off-by: Fabian Frederick <fabf@skynet.be>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch renames l2cap_check_conn_param() to hci_check_conn_params()
and moves it to hci_core.h so it can reused in others files. This helper
will be reused in the next patch.
Signed-off-by: Andre Guedes <andre.guedes@openbossa.org>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
When the controller is not active or in init/setup phase, do not
try to start or stop background scanning.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When trying to pair a new Bluetooth Low Energy device, then make sure
that the default connections parameters are in place before trying to
establish the first connection to that device. With the connection
parameters structure allocated, the slave preferred values can now
easily be tracked and all future connections will use the correct
values from that start decreasing connection establishment time.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
In some cases it is useful to not overwrite connection parametes and
instead just create default ones if they don't exist. This function
does exactly that. hci_conn_params_add will allow to create new
default connection parameters. hci_conn_params_set will set the
values and also create new parameters if they don't exist.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The controller has a default value for the supervision timeout. Expose
this via debugfs for testing purposes.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The controller has a default value for the connection latency. Expose
this via debugfs for testing purposes.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Store the connection latency and supervision timeout default values
with all the other controller defaults. And when needed use them
for new connections.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When devices are added or removed, then make sure that events are send
out to all other clients so that the list of devices can be easily
tracked. This is especially important when external clients are
adding or removing devices within the auto-connection list.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Since the auto-connection handling has gained offical management
command support, remove the le_auto_conn debugfs entry.
For debugging purposes replace it a simple device_list debugfs
entry that allows listing of the current internal auto-connection
list used for passive scanning.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This allows adding or removing devices from the background scanning
list the kernel maintains. Device flagged for auto-connection will
be automatically connected if they are found.
The passive scanning required for auto-connection will be started
and stopped on demand.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the LE connection parameters for connection latency and
supervision timeout are known, then use then. If they are not
know fallback to defaults.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the slave updates the connection parameters, store also the
connection latency and supervision timeout information in the
internal list of connection parameters for known devices.
Having these values available allowes the auto-connection
procedure to use the correct values from the beginning without
having to request an update on every connection establishment.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When calling hci_conn_params_clear function, it should update the
background scanning properly and not require a separate call to
update it.
For the case when the function is used during unregister of a
controller, an extra safe guard is but in place.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When hci_conn_params_clear is called, it is always followed by a
call to hci_pend_le_conns_clear. So instead of making this explicit
just make sure it is always called. This makes this function similar
on how hci_conn_params_add and hci_conn_params_del work.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The hci_pend_le_conn_* function should be placed before their actual
users. So move them before hci_conn_params_* functions.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The usage of non-resovlable private addresses for passive scanning is
a bad idea. Passive scanning will not send any SCAN_REQ and thus using
your identity address for passive scanning is not a privacy issue.
It is important to use the identity address during passive scanning
since that is the only way devices using direct advertising will be
reported correctly by the controller. This is overlooked detail in
the Bluetooth specification that current controllers are not able
to report direct advertising events for other than their current
address.
When remote peers are using direct advertising and scanning is done
with non-resolvable private address these devices will not be found.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Bluetooth controllers that are marked for raw-only usage can only be
used with user channel access. Any other operation should be rejected.
This simplifies the whole raw-only support since it now depends on
the fact that the controller is marked with HCI_QUIRK_RAW_DEVICE and
runtime raw access is restricted to user channel operation.
The kernel internal processing of HCI commands and events is designed
around the case that either the kernel has full control over the device
or that the device is driven from userspace. This now makes a clear
distinction between these two possible operation modes.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch implements support for the Get Clock Information mgmt
command. This is done by performing one or two HCI_Read_Clock commands
and creating the response from the stored values in the hci_dev and
hci_conn structs.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch adds support for storing the local and piconet clock values
from the HCI_Read_Clock command response to the hci_dev and hci_conn
structs. This will be later used in another patch to implement support
for the Get Clock Info mgmt command.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
By using kzalloc we ensure that there are no struct members, such as the
user_data pointer, left uninitialized.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
This patch increments the management interface revision due to the
changes with the debug key command and other fixes.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
When the connection is in master role and it is going to be
disconnected based on the disconnection timeout, then send
the HCI_Read_Clock_Offset command in an attempt to update the
clock offset value in the inquiry cache.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The abstraction of disconnect operation via hci_conn_disconnect is not
needed and it does not add any readability. Handle the difference of
AMP physical channels and BR/EDR/LE connection in the timeout callback.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The hci_amp_disconn function is a local function and there is no
need for a reason parameter. That one can be retrieved from the
hci_conn object easily.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
The smp_conn member of struct hci_conn was simply a pointer to the
l2cap_conn object. Since we already have hcon->l2cap_data that points to
the same thing there's no need to have this second variable. This patch
removes it and changes the single place that was using it to use
hcon->l2cap_data instead.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The smp_user_confirm_reply() function is called whenever user space
sends a user confirmation reply mgmt command. In case of a misbehaving
user space, or if the SMP session was removed by the time the command
comes it is important that we return an appropriate error and do not try
to access the non-existent SMP context. This patch adds the appropriate
check for the HCI_CONN_LE_SMP_PEND flag before proceeding further.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Now that the SMP context has it's own crypto handle it doesn't need to
lock the hci_dev anymore for most operations. This means that it is safe
to call smp_user_confirm_reply with the lock already held.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Passing the full SMP context instead of just the crypto context lets us
use the crypto handle from the context which in turn removes the need to
lock the hci_dev. Passing the SMP context instead of just the crypto
handle allows a bit more detailed logging which is helpful in
multi-adapter scenarios.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Many places have to be extra careful to not hold the hdev lock when
calling into the SMP code. This is because the SMP crypto functions use
the crypto handle that's part of the hci_dev struct. Giving the SMP
context its own handle helps simplifying the locking logic and removes
the risk for deadlocks.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The hdev lock must be held before calling into smp_distribute_keys. Also
things such as hci_add_irk() require the lock. This patch fixes the
issue by adding the necessary locking into the smp_cmd_ident_addr_info
function.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Since the link_mode member of the hci_conn struct is a bit field and we
already have a flags member as well it makes sense to merge these two
together. This patch moves all used link_mode bits into corresponding
flags. To keep backwards compatibility with user space we still need to
provide a get_link_mode() helper function for the ioctl's that expect a
link_mode style value.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
The ssp_debug_mode debugfs option for developers is no longer
needed. Support for using Secure Simple Pairing (SSP) debug
mode is exposed by the management interface now.
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
This patch adds a new valid mode 0x02 for the mgmt_set_debug_keys
command. The 0x02 mode sets the HCI_USE_DEBUG_KEYS flag which makes us
always use debug keys for pairing.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
To pave the way for actively using debug keys for pairing this patch
adds a new HCI_USE_DEBUG_KEYS flag for the purpose. When the flag is set
we issue a HCI_Write_SSP_Debug mode whenever HCI_Write_SSP_Mode(0x01)
has been issued as well as before issuing a HCI_Write_SSP_Mode(0x00)
command.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We should never allow user space to feed back debug keys to the kernel.
If the user desires to use debug keys require setting the appropriate
debug keys mode and performing a new pairing.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
There's no point in having boolean variables in the hci_conn struct
since it already has a flags member. This patch converts the flush_key
member into a proper flag.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
Instead of waiting for a disconnection to occur to remove a debug key
simply never store it in the list to begin with. This means we can also
remove the debug keys check when looking up keys in
hci_link_key_request_evt().
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
We're planning to add a flag to actively use debug keys in addition to
simply just accepting them, which makes the current generically named
DEBUG_KEYS flag a bit confusing. Since the flag in practice affects
whether the kernel keeps debug keys around or not rename it to
HCI_KEEP_DEBUG_KEYS.
Signed-off-by: Johan Hedberg <johan.hedberg@intel.com>
Signed-off-by: Marcel Holtmann <marcel@holtmann.org>
